Elaztek Developer Hub
Blamite Game Engine - blam!  00346.12.11.21.0529.blamite
The core library for the Blamite Game Engine.
imgui.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1 // dear imgui, v1.74 WIP
2 // (headers)
3 
4 // See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
5 // Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
6 // Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
7 // Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
8 
9 /*
10 
11 Index of this file:
12 // Header mess
13 // Forward declarations and basic types
14 // ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API)
15 // Flags & Enumerations
16 // Memory allocations macros
17 // ImVector<>
18 // ImGuiStyle
19 // ImGuiIO
20 // Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
21 // Obsolete functions
22 // Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
23 // Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
24 // Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
25 
26 */
27 
28 #pragma once
29 
30 // Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename)
31 #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
32 #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
33 #endif
34 #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
35 #include "imconfig.h"
36 #endif
37 
38 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 // Header mess
40 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 
42 #include <float.h> // FLT_MAX
43 #include <stdarg.h> // va_list
44 #include <stddef.h> // ptrdiff_t, NULL
45 #include <string.h> // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
46 
47 // Version
48 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
49 #define IMGUI_VERSION "1.74 WIP"
50 #define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 17301
51 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
52 
53 // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
54 // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
55 // Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
56 #ifndef IMGUI_API
57 #define IMGUI_API
58 #endif
59 #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
60 #define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API
61 #endif
62 
63 // Helper Macros
64 #ifndef IM_ASSERT
65 #include <assert.h>
66 #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
67 #endif
68 #if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
69 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // Apply printf-style warnings to user functions.
70 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
71 #else
72 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
73 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
74 #endif
75 #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
76 #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)_VAR) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
77 #if (__cplusplus >= 201100)
78 #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11
79 #else
80 #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro.
81 #endif
82 
83 // Warnings
84 #if defined(__clang__)
85 #pragma clang diagnostic push
86 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
87 #if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
88 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
89 #endif
90 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
91 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
92 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
93 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
94 #endif
95 
96 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
97 // Forward declarations and basic types
98 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
99 
100 struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
101 struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
102 struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
103 struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
104 struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
105 struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
106 struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
107 struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
108 struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
109 struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
110 struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
111 struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
112 struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
113 struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
114 struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
115 struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
116 struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items
117 struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro
118 struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations
119 struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
120 struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage
121 struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors
122 struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
123 struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]")
124 
125 // Typedefs and Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file)
126 // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
127 #ifndef ImTextureID
128 typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
129 #endif
130 typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // Unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
131 typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // A single U16 character for keyboard input/display. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
132 typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling
133 typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
134 typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type
135 typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction
136 typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum)
137 typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation
138 typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier
139 typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
140 typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc.
141 typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList
142 typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas
143 typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
144 typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
145 typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
146 typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo()
147 typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
148 typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
149 typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
150 typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
151 typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
152 typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
153 typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
154 typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
155 typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
158 
159 // Scalar data types
160 typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer == char
161 typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer
162 typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer
163 typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer
164 typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int
165 typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
166 #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
167 typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio)
168 typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio)
169 #elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100)
170 #include <stdint.h>
171 typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11)
172 typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11)
173 #else
174 typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11)
175 typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11)
176 #endif
177 
178 // 2D vector (often used to store positions, sizes, etc.)
179 struct ImVec2
180 {
181  float x, y;
182  ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; }
183  ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
184  float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
185  float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
186 #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
187  IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
188 #endif
189 };
190 
191 // 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors)
192 struct ImVec4
193 {
194  float x, y, z, w;
195  ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
196  ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
197 #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
198  IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
199 #endif
200 };
201 
202 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
203 // ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API
204 // (Inside a namespace so you can add extra functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui.cpp/.h!)
205 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
206 
207 namespace ImGui
208 {
209  // Context creation and access
210  // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts.
211  // All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
212  IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
213  IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context
216  IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx);
217 
218  // Main
219  IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
220  IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame.
221  IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
222  IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), you likely don't need to call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
223  IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function. (Obsolete: this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.)
224  IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
225 
226  // Demo, Debug, Information
227  IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
228  IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
229  IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debug window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc.
230  IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
231  IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
232  IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
233  IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
234  IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION)
235 
236  // Styles
237  IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default)
238  IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
239  IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
240 
241  // Windows
242  // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
243  // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame.
244  // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
245  // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
246  // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
247  // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
248  // [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc.
249  // where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function returned true.]
250  // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
251  IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
252  IMGUI_API void End();
253 
254  // Child Windows
255  // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
256  // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
257  // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window.
258  // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function returned true.]
259  IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
260  IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
261  IMGUI_API void EndChild();
262 
263  // Windows Utilities
264  // - "current window" = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. "next window" = next window we will Begin() into.
267  IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
268  IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ!
269  IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
270  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API)
271  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size
272  IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
273  IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
274 
275  // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
276  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
277  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
278  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
279  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
280  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
281  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
282  IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily modify ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
283  IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
284  IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
285  IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
286  IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
287  IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
288  IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position.
289  IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
290  IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state
291  IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
292 
293  // Content region
294  // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
295  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
296  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
297  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
298  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
300 
301  // Windows Scrolling
302  IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
303  IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
304  IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X
305  IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
306  IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
307  IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
308  IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
309  IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
310  IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
311  IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
312 
313  // Parameters stacks (shared)
314  IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
315  IMGUI_API void PopFont();
316  IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);
317  IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
318  IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
319  IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
320  IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
321  IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
322  IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
323  IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font
324  IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
325  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
326  IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
327  IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
328  IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
329 
330  // Parameters stacks (current window)
331  IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width,
332  IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth();
333  IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
334  IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
335  IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
336  IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos();
337  IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
339  IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
340  IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat();
341 
342  // Cursor / Layout
343  // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
344  // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
345  IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
346  IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
347  IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context.
348  IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing.
349  IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
350  IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
351  IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
352  IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position
353  IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
354  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
355  IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc.
356  IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList::
357  IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system.
358  IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.)
359  IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); //
360  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates
361  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
362  IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
363  IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
364  IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize
365  IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
366  IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
367  IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
368 
369  // ID stack/scopes
370  // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
371  // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
372  // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack.
373  // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
374  // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
375  // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
376  IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
377  IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
378  IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id); // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
379  IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id); // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
380  IMGUI_API void PopID(); // pop from the ID stack.
381  IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
382  IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
383  IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id);
384 
385  // Widgets: Text
386  IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
387  IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // simple formatted text
388  IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
389  IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
390  IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
391  IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
392  IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
393  IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
394  IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
395  IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
396  IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
397  IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
398  IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
399 
400  // Widgets: Main
401  // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
402  IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // button
403  IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text
404  IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
405  IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape
406  IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
407  IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
408  IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
409  IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
410  IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
411  IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
412  IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL);
413  IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
414 
415  // Widgets: Combo Box
416  // - The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
417  // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose.
418  IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
419  IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
420  IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
421  IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
422  IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
423 
424  // Widgets: Drags
425  // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds.
426  // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
427  // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
428  // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
429  // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits.
430  // - Use v_min > v_max to lock edits.
431  IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
432  IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
433  IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
434  IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
435  IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
436  IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
437  IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
438  IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
439  IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
440  IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL);
441  IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
442  IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
443 
444  // Widgets: Sliders
445  // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds.
446  // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
447  IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders
448  IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
449  IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
450  IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
451  IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg");
452  IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
453  IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
454  IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
455  IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
456  IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
457  IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
458  IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
459  IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
460  IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
461 
462  // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
463  // - If you want to use InputText() with a dynamic string type such as std::string or your own, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h
464  // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
465  IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
466  IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
467  IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
468  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
469  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
470  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
471  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
472  IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
473  IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
474  IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
475  IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
476  IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
477  IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
478  IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
479 
480  // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
481  // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
482  // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
483  IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
484  IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
485  IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
486  IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
487  IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
488  IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
489 
490  // Widgets: Trees
491  // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
492  IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label);
493  IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
494  IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // "
495  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
496  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
497  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
498  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
499  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
500  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
501  IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
502  IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
503  IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // "
504  IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
505  IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
506  IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
507  IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
508  IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
509 
510  // Widgets: Selectables
511  // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
512  // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them.
513  IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
514  IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
515 
516  // Widgets: List Boxes
517  // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them.
518  IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
519  IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
520  IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
521  IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
522  IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true!
523 
524  // Widgets: Data Plotting
525  IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
526  IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
527  IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
528  IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
529 
530  // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
531  // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
532  IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
533  IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v);
534  IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
535  IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
536 
537  // Widgets: Menus
538  IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
539  IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
540  IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
541  IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
542  IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
543  IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
544  IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
545  IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
546 
547  // Tooltips
548  IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
549  IMGUI_API void EndTooltip();
550  IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip().
551  IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
552 
553  // Popups, Modals
554  // The properties of popups windows are:
555  // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*)
556  // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
557  // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by imgui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls.
558  // User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup().
559  // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup.
560  // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time.
561  IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
562  IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true!
563  IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
564  IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
565  IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows).
566  IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // modal dialog (regular window with title bar, block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside)
567  IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
568  IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors). return true when just opened.
569  IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open at the current begin-ed level of the popup stack.
570  IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
571 
572  // Columns
573  // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
574  // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!)
575  IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
576  IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
577  IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index
578  IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
579  IMGUI_API void SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width); // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
580  IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1); // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
581  IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
583 
584  // Tab Bars, Tabs
585  // [BETA API] API may evolve!
586  IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar
587  IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
588  IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
589  IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
590  IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.
591 
592  // Logging/Capture
593  // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
594  IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to tty (stdout)
595  IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file
596  IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard
597  IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.)
598  IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
599  IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
600 
601  // Drag and Drop
602  // [BETA API] API may evolve!
603  IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
604  IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
605  IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
606  IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
607  IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
608  IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
609  IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
610 
611  // Clipping
612  IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
613  IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
614 
615  // Focus, Activation
616  // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
617  IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window.
618  IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
619 
620  // Item/Widgets Utilities
621  // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted.
622  // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
623  IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
624  IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
625  IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
626  IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
627  IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
628  IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
629  IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
630  IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing.
631  IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
632  IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered?
633  IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active?
634  IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused?
635  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
636  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
637  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item
638  IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
639 
640  // Miscellaneous Utilities
641  IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
642  IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
643  IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
644  IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
645  IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
646  IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
647  IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
648  IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
649  IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
651  IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
652  IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can.
653  IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
654  IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window)
655 
656  // Color Utilities
659  IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
660  IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
661 
662  // Inputs Utilities
663  IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
664  IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
665  IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
666  IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)..
667  IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
668  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
669  IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held
670  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
671  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
672  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
673  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
674  IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
675  IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse
676  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
677  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
678  IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. If lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold.
679  IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0); //
680  IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
681  IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type); // set desired cursor type
682  IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call.
683  IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call.
684 
685  // Clipboard Utilities (also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture or output text data to the clipboard)
686  IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText();
687  IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text);
688 
689  // Settings/.Ini Utilities
690  // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
691  // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
692  IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
693  IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
694  IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
695  IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
696 
697  // Memory Allocators
698  // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
699  // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those.
700  IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
701  IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size);
702  IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr);
703 
704 } // namespace ImGui
705 
706 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
707 // Flags & Enumerations
708 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
709 
710 // Flags for ImGui::Begin()
712 {
714  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar
715  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
716  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window
717  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
718  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
719  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
720  ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame
721  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f).
722  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file
723  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through.
724  ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar
725  ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
726  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
727  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
728  ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
729  ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
730  ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
731  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
732  ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
733  ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker.
737 
738  // [Internal]
739  ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!)
740  ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
741  ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
742  ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
743  ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
744  ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
745 
746  // [Obsolete]
747  //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f / style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around windows and items
748  //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)
749 };
750 
751 // Flags for ImGui::InputText()
753 {
755  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
756  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
757  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z
758  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs
759  ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
760  ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
761  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
762  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
763  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
764  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
765  ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
766  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
767  ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
768  ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode
769  ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
770  ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
771  ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
772  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
773  ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
774  // [Internal]
775  ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
776  ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
777 };
778 
779 // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
781 {
783  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected
784  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
785  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
786  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
787  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
788  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open
789  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node
790  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
791  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
792  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow
793  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
794  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default.
795  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area).
796  ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
797  //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
799 
800  // Obsolete names (will be removed)
801 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
803 #endif
804 };
805 
806 // Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
808 {
810  ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
811  ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
812  ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too
813  ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
814  ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
815 };
816 
817 // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
819 {
821  ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft = 1 << 0, // Align the popup toward the left by default
822  ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall = 1 << 1, // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
823  ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular = 1 << 2, // Max ~8 items visible (default)
824  ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge = 1 << 3, // Max ~20 items visible
825  ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible
826  ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
827  ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button
829 };
830 
831 // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
833 {
835  ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
836  ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
837  ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
838  ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
839  ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
840  ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
841  ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit
842  ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
845 };
846 
847 // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
849 {
851  ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker.
852  ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
853  ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
854  ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3 // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
855 };
856 
857 // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
859 {
861  ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused
862  ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
863  ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse instead.
865 };
866 
867 // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
868 // Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that. Please read the FAQ!
869 // Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
871 {
872  ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
873  ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
874  ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
875  ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
876  ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
877  //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
878  ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
879  ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window
880  ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled
883 };
884 
885 // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
887 {
889  // BeginDragDropSource() flags
890  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior.
891  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
892  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
893  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
894  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
895  ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
896  // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
897  ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
898  ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
899  ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
901 };
902 
903 // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
904 #define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
905 #define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.
906 
907 // A primary data type
909 {
910  ImGuiDataType_S8, // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
911  ImGuiDataType_U8, // unsigned char
913  ImGuiDataType_U16, // unsigned short
915  ImGuiDataType_U32, // unsigned int
916  ImGuiDataType_S64, // long long / __int64
917  ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
921 };
922 
923 // A cardinal direction
925 {
932 };
933 
934 // User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array
936 {
953  ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
954  ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
955  ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
956  ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
957  ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
958  ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
960 };
961 
962 // Gamepad/Keyboard directional navigation
963 // Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
964 // Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame().
965 // Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW.
967 {
968  // Gamepad Mapping
969  ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard)
970  ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard)
971  ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard)
972  ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard)
973  ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard)
977  ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down
981  ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch)
982  ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch)
983  ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch)
984  ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch)
985 
986  // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them.
987  // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[].
988  ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt
989  ImGuiNavInput_KeyTab_, // tab // = Tab key
990  ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys
991  ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right
996 };
997 
998 // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
1000 {
1002  ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[].
1003  ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
1004  ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
1005  ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
1006  ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end.
1007  ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
1008 
1009  // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui)
1010  ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware.
1011  ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
1012 };
1013 
1014 // Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end.
1016 {
1018  ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
1019  ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
1020  ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
1021  ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bits indices.
1022 };
1023 
1024 // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
1026 {
1029  ImGuiCol_WindowBg, // Background of normal windows
1030  ImGuiCol_ChildBg, // Background of child windows
1031  ImGuiCol_PopupBg, // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
1034  ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
1051  ImGuiCol_Header, // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
1071  ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
1072  ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
1073  ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
1074  ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
1076 
1077  // Obsolete names (will be removed)
1078 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1080  , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg // [renamed in 1.53]
1081  //ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, // [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors.
1082  //ImGuiCol_ComboBg, // [unused since 1.53+] ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate.
1083 #endif
1084 };
1085 
1086 // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
1087 // NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. During initialization, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
1088 // NB: if changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
1090 {
1091  // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
1092  ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha
1093  ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding
1094  ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding
1095  ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize
1096  ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize
1097  ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign
1098  ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding
1099  ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize
1100  ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding
1101  ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize
1102  ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding
1103  ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding
1104  ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize
1105  ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing
1106  ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing
1107  ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing
1108  ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize
1109  ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding
1110  ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize
1111  ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding
1112  ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding
1113  ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign
1114  ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign
1116 
1117  // Obsolete names (will be removed)
1118 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1121 #endif
1122 };
1123 
1124 // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
1126 {
1128  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
1129  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square.
1130  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
1131  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
1132  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square).
1133  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
1134  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
1135  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead.
1136  ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
1137 
1138  // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
1139  ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
1140  ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 17, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
1141  ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
1142  ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 19, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
1143  ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB = 1 << 20, // [Display] // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
1144  ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV = 1 << 21, // [Display] // "
1145  ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex = 1 << 22, // [Display] // "
1146  ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 23, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
1147  ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 24, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
1148  ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 25, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
1149  ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 26, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
1150  ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB = 1 << 27, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
1151  ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV = 1 << 28, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.
1152 
1153  // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
1154  // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
1156 
1157  // [Internal] Masks
1162 
1163  // Obsolete names (will be removed)
1164 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1166 #endif
1167 };
1168 
1169 // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
1170 // User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
1172 {
1175  ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc.
1176  ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
1177  ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border
1178  ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
1179  ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
1180  ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
1181  ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
1183 
1184  // Obsolete names (will be removed)
1185 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1187 #endif
1188 };
1189 
1190 // Enumateration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
1191 // Represent a condition.
1192 // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
1194 {
1195  ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable
1196  ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed)
1197  ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
1198  ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
1199 };
1200 
1201 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1202 // Helpers: Memory allocations macros
1203 // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
1204 // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
1205 // Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
1206 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1207 
1208 struct ImNewDummy {};
1209 inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
1210 inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
1211 #define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
1212 #define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
1213 #define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR)
1214 #define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
1215 template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
1216 
1217 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1218 // Helper: ImVector<>
1219 // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
1220 // You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our data structures are relying on it.
1221 // Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
1222 // Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
1223 // do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
1224 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1225 
1226 template<typename T>
1227 struct ImVector
1228 {
1229  int Size;
1231  T* Data;
1232 
1233  // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
1234  typedef T value_type;
1235  typedef value_type* iterator;
1236  typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
1237 
1238  // Constructors, destructor
1239  inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
1240  inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
1241  inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
1242  inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); }
1243 
1244  inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; }
1245  inline int size() const { return Size; }
1246  inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
1247  inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; }
1248  inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
1249  inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
1250 
1251  inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }
1252  inline T* begin() { return Data; }
1253  inline const T* begin() const { return Data; }
1254  inline T* end() { return Data + Size; }
1255  inline const T* end() const { return Data + Size; }
1256  inline T& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
1257  inline const T& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
1258  inline T& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
1259  inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
1260  inline void swap(ImVector<T>& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
1261 
1262  inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
1263  inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
1264  inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
1265  inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
1266 
1267  // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
1268  inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
1269  inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
1270  inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
1271  inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
1272  inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
1273  inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
1274  inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
1275  inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
1276  inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
1277  inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
1278  inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
1279  inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
1280  inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
1281 };
1282 
1283 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1284 // ImGuiStyle
1285 // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
1286 // During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
1287 // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
1288 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1289 
1291 {
1292  float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
1293  ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window.
1294  float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
1295  float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
1296  ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
1297  ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
1298  ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
1299  float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
1300  float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
1301  float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
1302  float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
1303  ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
1304  float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
1305  float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
1306  ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
1307  ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
1308  ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
1309  float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
1310  float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
1311  float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
1312  float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
1313  float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
1314  float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
1315  float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
1316  float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs.
1317  ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
1318  ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
1319  ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text when selectable is larger than text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned).
1320  ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
1321  ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
1322  float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
1323  bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
1324  bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
1325  float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
1327 
1329  IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
1330 };
1331 
1332 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1333 // ImGuiIO
1334 // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
1335 // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
1336 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1337 
1338 struct ImGuiIO
1339 {
1340  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1341  // Configuration (fill once) // Default value
1342  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1343 
1344  ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
1345  ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end.
1346  ImVec2 DisplaySize; // <unset> // Main display size, in pixels.
1347  float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
1348  float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
1349  const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
1350  const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
1351  float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
1352  float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
1353  float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
1354  int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // <unset> // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state.
1355  float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
1356  float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
1357  void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
1358 
1359  ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // <auto> // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
1360  float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts
1361  bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
1362  ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
1363  ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
1364 
1365  // Miscellaneous options
1366  bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations.
1367  bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63)
1368  bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63)
1369  bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
1370  bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected.
1371  float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
1372 
1373  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1374  // Platform Functions
1375  // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you)
1376  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1377 
1378  // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff.
1379  const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL
1380  const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL
1381  void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL
1382  void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL
1383  void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL
1384 
1385  // Optional: Access OS clipboard
1386  // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
1387  const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
1388  void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
1390 
1391  // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
1392  // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
1393  void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
1394  void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
1395 
1396 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1397  // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now!
1398  // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
1399  void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
1400 #else
1401  // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h.
1402  void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused;
1403 #endif
1404 
1405  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1406  // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame()
1407  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1408 
1409  ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
1410  bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
1411  float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
1412  float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends.
1413  bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control
1414  bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift
1415  bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
1416  bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows
1417  bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys).
1418  float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame().
1419 
1420  // Functions
1421  IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input
1422  IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string
1423  IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually
1424 
1425  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1426  // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame()
1427  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1428 
1429  bool WantCaptureMouse; // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, imgui will use the mouse inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
1430  bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, imgui will use the keyboard inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
1431  bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
1432  bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
1433  bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. IMPORTANT: You need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself.
1434  bool NavActive; // Directional navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
1435  bool NavVisible; // Directional navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
1436  float Framerate; // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
1437  int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render()
1438  int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
1439  int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows
1440  int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows
1441  int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts.
1442  ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
1443 
1444  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1445  // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
1446  //------------------------------------------------------------------
1447 
1448  ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
1449  ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking
1450  double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
1451  bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
1452  bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
1453  bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
1454  bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
1455  bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click
1456  float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
1457  float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down
1458  ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
1459  float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
1460  float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
1461  float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down
1462  float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
1463  float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
1464  ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
1465 
1466  IMGUI_API ImGuiIO();
1467 };
1468 
1469 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1470 // Misc data structures
1471 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1472 
1473 // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
1474 // The callback function should return 0 by default.
1475 // Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
1476 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB
1477 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
1478 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration
1479 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
1480 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
1482 {
1483  ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
1484  ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
1485  void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
1486 
1487  // Arguments for the different callback events
1488  // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
1489  // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
1490  ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
1491  ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only // [Completion,History]
1492  char* Buf; // Text buffer // Read-write // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
1493  int BufTextLen; // Text length (in bytes) // Read-write // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
1494  int BufSize; // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1 // Read-only // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
1495  bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen! // Write // [Completion,History,Always]
1496  int CursorPos; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always]
1497  int SelectionStart; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
1498  int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always]
1499 
1500  // Helper functions for text manipulation.
1501  // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
1503  IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
1504  IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
1505  bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
1506 };
1507 
1508 // Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
1509 // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
1511 {
1512  void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
1513  ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference.
1514  ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size.
1515  ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
1516 };
1517 
1518 // Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
1520 {
1521  // Members
1522  void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
1523  int DataSize; // Data size
1524 
1525  // [Internal]
1526  ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id
1527  ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available)
1528  int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp
1529  char DataType[32+1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
1530  bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
1531  bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
1532 
1533  ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); }
1534  void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
1535  bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
1536  bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; }
1537  bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; }
1538 };
1539 
1540 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1541 // Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
1542 // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
1543 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1544 
1545 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1546 namespace ImGui
1547 {
1548  // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
1549  static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }
1550  // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
1551  static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }
1552  // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
1553  static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }
1554  // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
1555  static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
1556  // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018)
1557  static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); }
1558  // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018)
1559  static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }
1560  // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018)
1561  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'!
1562  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
1563  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
1564  IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
1565  // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
1566  static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }
1567  static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
1568  static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { IM_UNUSED(on_edge); IM_UNUSED(outward); IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
1569  // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
1570  static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); }
1571  static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }
1572  static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
1573  static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }
1574  static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }
1575  // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
1576  IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha_override = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // Use SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) + SetNextWindowBgAlpha() instead.
1577  static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
1578  static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); }
1579  static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(io.DisplaySize.x * 0.5f, io.DisplaySize.y * 0.5f), c, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); }
1580 }
1581 typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent
1583 #endif
1584 
1585 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1586 // Helpers
1587 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1588 
1589 // Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
1590 // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
1592 {
1593  ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
1594  mutable int RefFrame;
1595  operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
1596 };
1597 
1598 // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
1600 {
1601  IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
1602  IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build
1603  IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
1604  IMGUI_API void Build();
1605  void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
1606  bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
1607 
1608  // [Internal]
1610  {
1611  const char* b;
1612  const char* e;
1613 
1614  ImGuiTextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
1615  ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
1616  bool empty() const { return b == e; }
1617  IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const;
1618  };
1619  char InputBuf[256];
1622 };
1623 
1624 // Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
1625 // (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder')
1627 {
1629  IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];
1630 
1632  inline char operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
1633  const char* begin() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
1634  const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
1635  int size() const { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
1636  bool empty() { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
1637  void clear() { Buf.clear(); }
1638  void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
1639  const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
1640  IMGUI_API void append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
1641  IMGUI_API void appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
1642  IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
1643 };
1644 
1645 // Helper: Key->Value storage
1646 // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
1647 // We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
1648 // This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
1649 // You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
1650 // - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
1651 // - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
1652 // Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
1654 {
1655  // [Internal]
1657  {
1659  union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
1660  ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
1661  ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
1662  ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
1663  };
1664 
1666 
1667  // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
1668  // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
1669  // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
1670  void Clear() { Data.clear(); }
1671  IMGUI_API int GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
1672  IMGUI_API void SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
1673  IMGUI_API bool GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
1674  IMGUI_API void SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val);
1675  IMGUI_API float GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const;
1676  IMGUI_API void SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val);
1677  IMGUI_API void* GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL
1678  IMGUI_API void SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val);
1679 
1680  // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
1681  // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
1682  // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
1683  // float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
1684  IMGUI_API int* GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
1685  IMGUI_API bool* GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
1686  IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
1687  IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
1688 
1689  // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
1690  IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val);
1691 
1692  // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
1693  IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey();
1694 };
1695 
1696 // Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
1697 // If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
1698 // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
1699 // ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
1700 // Usage:
1701 // ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
1702 // while (clipper.Step())
1703 // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
1704 // ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
1705 // - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
1706 // - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
1707 // - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
1708 // - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
1710 {
1711  float StartPosY;
1713  int ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
1714 
1715  // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
1716  // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
1717  // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
1718  ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
1719  ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
1720 
1721  IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
1722  IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
1723  IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
1724 };
1725 
1726 // Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors
1727 #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
1728 #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16
1729 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
1730 #define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 0
1731 #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
1732 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
1733 #else
1734 #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 0
1735 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
1736 #define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 16
1737 #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
1738 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
1739 #endif
1740 #define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<<IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(B)<<IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(G)<<IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(R)<<IM_COL32_R_SHIFT))
1741 #define IM_COL32_WHITE IM_COL32(255,255,255,255) // Opaque white = 0xFFFFFFFF
1742 #define IM_COL32_BLACK IM_COL32(0,0,0,255) // Opaque black
1743 #define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0) // Transparent black = 0x00000000
1744 
1745 // Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
1746 // Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
1747 // **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
1748 // **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
1749 struct ImColor
1750 {
1752 
1753  ImColor() { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; }
1754  ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
1755  ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; }
1756  ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; }
1757  ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; }
1758  inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
1759  inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; }
1760 
1761  // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
1762  inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
1763  static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
1764 };
1765 
1766 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1767 // Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
1768 // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
1769 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1770 
1771 // Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
1772 // NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
1773 // you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
1774 // A) Change your GPU render state,
1775 // B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
1776 // The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
1777 // If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly.
1778 #ifndef ImDrawCallback
1779 typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
1780 #endif
1781 
1782 // Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state.
1783 // The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
1784 // This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
1785 // It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
1786 #define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1)
1787 
1788 // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
1789 // Pre 1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'
1790 // is enabled, those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bits indices.
1792 {
1793  unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
1794  ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
1795  ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
1796  unsigned int VtxOffset; // Start offset in vertex buffer. Pre-1.71 or without ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0. With ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bits indices.
1797  unsigned int IdxOffset; // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far.
1798  ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
1799  void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this.
1800 
1801  ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; TextureId = (ImTextureID)NULL; VtxOffset = IdxOffset = 0; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
1802 };
1803 
1804 // Vertex index
1805 // (to allow large meshes with 16-bits indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end)
1806 // (to use 32-bits indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h)
1807 #ifndef ImDrawIdx
1808 typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
1809 #endif
1810 
1811 // Vertex layout
1812 #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
1814 {
1818 };
1819 #else
1820 // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
1821 // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
1822 // The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up.
1823 // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
1824 IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
1825 #endif
1826 
1827 // For use by ImDrawListSplitter.
1829 {
1832 };
1833 
1834 // Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
1835 // This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
1837 {
1838  int _Current; // Current channel number (0)
1839  int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+)
1840  ImVector<ImDrawChannel> _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)
1841 
1842  inline ImDrawListSplitter() { Clear(); }
1843  inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
1844  inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
1845  IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory();
1846  IMGUI_API void Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
1847  IMGUI_API void Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
1848  IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
1849 };
1850 
1852 {
1854  ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1
1856  ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4
1862  ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience
1863 };
1864 
1866 {
1868  ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Lines are anti-aliased (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
1869  ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1, // Filled shapes have anti-aliased edges (*2 the number of vertices)
1870  ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 2 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
1871 };
1872 
1873 // Draw command list
1874 // This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
1875 // all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
1876 // Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
1877 // access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
1878 // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
1879 // All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well)
1880 // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
1882 {
1883  // This is what you have to render
1884  ImVector<ImDrawCmd> CmdBuffer; // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
1885  ImVector<ImDrawIdx> IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
1886  ImVector<ImDrawVert> VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer.
1887  ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.
1888 
1889  // [Internal, used while building lists]
1890  const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
1891  const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
1892  unsigned int _VtxCurrentOffset; // [Internal] Always 0 unless 'Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset'.
1893  unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
1894  ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
1895  ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
1898  ImVector<ImVec2> _Path; // [Internal] current path building
1899  ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api
1900 
1901  // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
1902  ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
1903  ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
1904  IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
1905  IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen();
1906  IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
1907  IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
1908  IMGUI_API void PopTextureID();
1909  inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
1910  inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
1911 
1912  // Primitives
1913  // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
1914  IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
1915  IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4-bits corresponding to which corner to round
1916  IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
1917  IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
1918  IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
1919  IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
1920  IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
1921  IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
1922  IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
1923  IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
1924  IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
1925  IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
1926  IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
1927  IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
1928  IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
1929 
1930  // Image primitives
1931  // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
1932  // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
1933  // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
1934  IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
1935  IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
1936  IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
1937 
1938  // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
1939  inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; }
1940  inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); }
1941  inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
1942  inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
1943  inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
1944  IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
1945  IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
1946  IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
1947  IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
1948 
1949  // Advanced
1950  IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
1951  IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
1952  IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
1953 
1954  // Advanced: Channels
1955  // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
1956  // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
1957  inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
1958  inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
1959  inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }
1960 
1961  // Internal helpers
1962  // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
1963  IMGUI_API void Clear();
1964  IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory();
1965  IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
1966  IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
1967  IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
1968  IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
1969  inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
1970  inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
1971  inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); }
1972  IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect();
1973  IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID();
1974 };
1975 
1976 // All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
1977 // (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
1978 // as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
1980 {
1981  bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
1982  ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
1983  int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render
1984  int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
1985  int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
1986  ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
1987  ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
1988  ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
1989 
1990  // Functions
1991  ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); }
1992  ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); }
1993  void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
1994  IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
1995  IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
1996 };
1997 
1998 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 // Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
2000 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001 
2003 {
2004  void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data
2005  int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size
2006  bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
2007  int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
2008  float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
2009  int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
2010  int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
2011  bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
2012  ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
2013  ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
2014  const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
2015  float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
2016  float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
2017  bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
2018  unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one.
2019  float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable.
2020  ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
2021 
2022  // [Internal]
2023  char Name[40]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
2025 
2027 };
2028 
2030 {
2031  ImWchar Codepoint; // 0x0000..0xFFFF
2032  float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
2033  float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners
2034  float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates
2035 };
2036 
2037 // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
2038 // This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
2040 {
2041  ImVector<ImU32> UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
2042 
2044  inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = 0x10000 / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
2045  inline bool GetBit(int n) const { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array
2046  inline void SetBit(int n) { int off = (n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array
2047  inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character
2048  IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
2049  IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
2050  IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges); // Output new ranges
2051 };
2052 
2053 // See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
2055 {
2056  unsigned int ID; // Input // User ID. Use <0x10000 to map into a font glyph, >=0x10000 for other/internal/custom texture data.
2057  unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension
2058  unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas
2059  float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph xadvance
2060  ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph display offset
2061  ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): target font
2062  ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; }
2063  bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; }
2064 };
2065 
2067 {
2069  ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two
2070  ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas
2071 };
2072 
2073 // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding:
2074 // - One or more fonts.
2075 // - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui.
2076 // - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas).
2077 // It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api.
2078 // - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
2079 // - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
2080 // - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
2081 // - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
2082 // This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
2083 // Common pitfalls:
2084 // - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
2085 // atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
2086 // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
2087 // You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
2088 // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
2089 // - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
2091 {
2094  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
2095  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
2096  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
2097  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
2098  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
2099  IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
2100  IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
2101  IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
2102  IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
2103  IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all input and output.
2104 
2105  // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
2106  // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
2107  // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
2108  // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
2109  // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
2110  IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
2111  IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel
2112  IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel
2113  bool IsBuilt() { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); }
2114  void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; }
2115 
2116  //-------------------------------------------
2117  // Glyph Ranges
2118  //-------------------------------------------
2119 
2120  // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
2121  // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details.
2122  // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
2123  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
2124  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters
2125  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
2126  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
2127  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
2128  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
2129  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters
2130  IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesVietnamese(); // Default + Vietnamese characters
2131 
2132  //-------------------------------------------
2133  // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
2134  //-------------------------------------------
2135 
2136  // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
2137  // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
2138  // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
2139  // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
2140  // Read misc/fonts/README.txt for more details about using colorful icons.
2141  IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height); // Id needs to be >= 0x10000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList
2142  IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0)); // Id needs to be < 0x10000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font.
2143  const ImFontAtlasCustomRect*GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; }
2144 
2145  // [Internal]
2146  IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max);
2147  IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
2148 
2149  //-------------------------------------------
2150  // Members
2151  //-------------------------------------------
2152 
2153  bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
2154  ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
2155  ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
2156  int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
2157  int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0.
2158 
2159  // [Internal]
2160  // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
2161  unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
2162  unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
2163  int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build().
2164  int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build().
2165  ImVec2 TexUvScale; // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
2166  ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
2167  ImVector<ImFont*> Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
2168  ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect> CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
2170  int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList
2171 
2172 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
2173  typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
2174  typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
2175 #endif
2176 };
2177 
2178 // Font runtime data and rendering
2179 // ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
2180 struct ImFont
2181 {
2182  // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
2183  ImVector<float> IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
2184  float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
2185  float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
2186 
2187  // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
2188  ImVector<ImWchar> IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
2189  ImVector<ImFontGlyph> Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs.
2190  const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
2191  ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // 8 // in // = (0,0) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
2192 
2193  // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
2194  ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into
2195  const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
2196  short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
2197  ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
2198  ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
2199  float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
2200  float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
2201  int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
2202  bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out //
2203 
2204  // Methods
2205  IMGUI_API ImFont();
2206  IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
2207  IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
2208  IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
2209  float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
2210  bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
2211  const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
2212 
2213  // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
2214  // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
2215  IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
2216  IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
2217  IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
2218  IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
2219 
2220  // [Internal] Don't use!
2221  IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable();
2222  IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData();
2223  IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size);
2224  IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
2225  IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
2226  IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
2227 
2228 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
2229  typedef ImFontGlyph Glyph; // OBSOLETED in 1.52+
2230 #endif
2231 };
2232 
2233 #if defined(__clang__)
2234 #pragma clang diagnostic pop
2235 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
2236 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
2237 #endif
2238 
2239 // Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
2240 #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
2241 #include "imgui_user.h"
2242 #endif
ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
Definition: imgui.h:1108
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair::val_p
void * val_p
Definition: imgui.h:1659
ImGuiIO::KeyAlt
bool KeyAlt
Definition: imgui.h:1415
ImGui::ColorEdit3
IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char *label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4146
ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
Definition: imgui.h:1582
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::Font
ImFont * Font
Definition: imgui.h:2061
ImS32
signed int ImS32
Definition: imgui.h:164
ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp
IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4573
ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget
@ ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget
Definition: imgui.h:1070
ImDrawData::Valid
bool Valid
Definition: imgui.h:1981
ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset
@ ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset
Definition: imgui.h:1021
ImGuiColorEditFlags_
ImGuiColorEditFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:1125
ImGui::GetWindowSize
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6630
ImDrawList::VtxBuffer
ImVector< ImDrawVert > VtxBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1886
ImGui::GetItemRectMin
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4677
ImGuiDir_Down
@ ImGuiDir_Down
Definition: imgui.h:930
ImGuiIO::KeySuper
bool KeySuper
Definition: imgui.h:1416
ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel
Definition: imgui.h:1149
ImGui::IsPopupOpen
IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char *str_id)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7437
ImGuiIO::MetricsRenderIndices
int MetricsRenderIndices
Definition: imgui.h:1438
ImVector::begin
T * begin()
Definition: imgui.h:1252
ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev
@ ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev
Definition: imgui.h:981
ImDrawList::PathFillConvex
void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)
Definition: imgui.h:1942
ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
Definition: imgui.h:1181
ImGui::DestroyContext
IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext *ctx=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3290
ImGui::SliderScalar
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, const void *v_min, const void *v_max, const char *format=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2507
ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft
@ ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft
Definition: imgui.h:973
ImGuiOnceUponAFrame::ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
ImGuiOnceUponAFrame()
Definition: imgui.h:1593
ImFontConfig::FontData
void * FontData
Definition: imgui.h:2004
ImGui::TreeNode
IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char *label)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5071
ImDrawCmd::ImDrawCmd
ImDrawCmd()
Definition: imgui.h:1801
Y
FONT FILES INCLUDED IN THIS FOLDER Cousine Regular ttf Digitized data Version DroidSans ttf version Tristan Grimmer MIT License recommended loading setting in DisplayOffset Y
Definition: README.txt:109
ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar
Definition: imgui.h:729
ImColor::ImColor
ImColor()
Definition: imgui.h:1753
ImGui::SliderFloat2
IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char *label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2624
ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX
Definition: imgui.h:1165
ImGui::TextV
IMGUI_API void TextV(const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:246
ImVec4::x
float x
Definition: imgui.h:194
ImGuiIO::InputQueueCharacters
ImVector< ImWchar > InputQueueCharacters
Definition: imgui.h:1464
ImDrawData::~ImDrawData
~ImDrawData()
Definition: imgui.h:1992
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll
Definition: imgui.h:759
ImGuiListClipper::StepNo
int StepNo
Definition: imgui.h:1713
ImGuiDataType_U8
@ ImGuiDataType_U8
Definition: imgui.h:911
ImFontAtlas::TexUvScale
ImVec2 TexUvScale
Definition: imgui.h:2165
ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered
@ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1068
ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask
Definition: imgui.h:1160
ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu
Definition: imgui.h:744
ImGuiTextFilter::IsActive
bool IsActive() const
Definition: imgui.h:1606
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair
Definition: imgui.h:1656
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf
Definition: imgui.h:791
ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad
@ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad
Definition: imgui.h:1018
ImGuiStyle::ScrollbarSize
float ScrollbarSize
Definition: imgui.h:1311
ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly
Definition: imgui.h:769
ImGuiHoveredFlags_None
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:872
ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char *str_id=NULL, int mouse_button=1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7713
ImGui::TreeNodeExV
IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char *str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5116
ImGuiPayload::IsDelivery
bool IsDelivery() const
Definition: imgui.h:1537
ImGuiCol_FrameBg
@ ImGuiCol_FrameBg
Definition: imgui.h:1034
ImGui::BeginGroup
IMGUI_API void BeginGroup()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7063
ImVector::resize
void resize(int new_size)
Definition: imgui.h:1263
ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackData
void * UserCallbackData
Definition: imgui.h:1799
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus
Definition: imgui.h:727
ImDrawListFlags_None
@ ImDrawListFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:1867
ImGuiStyle::TouchExtraPadding
ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding
Definition: imgui.h:1308
ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip
Definition: imgui.h:741
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::ImGuiTextRange
ImGuiTextRange(const char *_b, const char *_e)
Definition: imgui.h:1615
ImGui::RadioButton
IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char *label, bool active)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1040
ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList
IMGUI_API ImDrawList * GetBackgroundDrawList()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3329
IM_UNUSED
#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)
Definition: imgui.h:76
ImGui::IsMouseDown
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4441
ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
@ ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1114
ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB
Definition: imgui.h:1150
ImGuiStorage::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1670
ImVector::clear
void clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1251
ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1109
ImFont::FontSize
float FontSize
Definition: imgui.h:2185
ImFontGlyph::AdvanceX
float AdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2032
ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups
Definition: imgui.h:810
ImGui::LogToClipboard
IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth=-1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9297
ImGuiCond
int ImGuiCond
Definition: imgui.h:133
ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard
Definition: imgui.h:1005
ImGuiStyle::ColumnsMinSpacing
float ColumnsMinSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1310
ImGuiBackendFlags_
ImGuiBackendFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:1015
ImGuiTextBuffer::reserve
void reserve(int capacity)
Definition: imgui.h:1638
ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos
Definition: imgui.h:1004
ImGui::IsMouseReleased
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4476
ImGui::PopItemWidth
IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6183
ImGuiKey_Home
@ ImGuiKey_Home
Definition: imgui.h:944
ImGuiTextFilter::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1605
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::ID
unsigned int ID
Definition: imgui.h:2056
ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
Definition: imgui.h:1591
ImGui::VSliderFloat
IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char *label, const ImVec2 &size, float *v, float v_min, float v_max, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2728
ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6783
ImGuiFocusedFlags_None
@ ImGuiFocusedFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:860
ImGuiDir
int ImGuiDir
Definition: imgui.h:135
IM_COL32_G_SHIFT
#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT
Definition: imgui.h:1735
ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
@ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1097
ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB
IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float &out_r, float &out_g, float &out_b)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1853
ImFont::DisplayOffset
ImVec2 DisplayOffset
Definition: imgui.h:2191
ImGuiIO::WantTextInput
bool WantTextInput
Definition: imgui.h:1431
ImGuiIO::ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly
bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly
Definition: imgui.h:1370
width
int width
Definition: bgfx.cpp:19
ImGui::EndFrame
IMGUI_API void EndFrame()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4157
ImGui::SetColumnOffset
IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7275
ImGuiTextBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1626
ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg
@ ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg
Definition: imgui.h:1073
ImGui::SetWindowFocus
IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6713
ImGuiIO::FontDefault
ImFont * FontDefault
Definition: imgui.h:1362
ImGuiPayload::DataFrameCount
int DataFrameCount
Definition: imgui.h:1528
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft
Definition: imgui.h:1856
ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1101
ImGuiStyleVar_
ImGuiStyleVar_
Definition: imgui.h:1089
ImDrawList::~ImDrawList
~ImDrawList()
Definition: imgui.h:1903
ImGuiStyle::IndentSpacing
float IndentSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1309
ImFontAtlas::SetTexID
void SetTexID(ImTextureID id)
Definition: imgui.h:2114
ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow
IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool *p_open=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9780
ImGuiIO::ClipboardUserData
void * ClipboardUserData
Definition: imgui.h:1389
ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg
@ ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg
Definition: imgui.h:1069
ImFontConfig::FontDataSize
int FontDataSize
Definition: imgui.h:2005
ImGuiStyle::GrabRounding
float GrabRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1314
ImGuiKey_PageDown
@ ImGuiKey_PageDown
Definition: imgui.h:943
ImGuiNavInput_COUNT
@ ImGuiNavInput_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:994
ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB
Definition: imgui.h:1010
ImGui::EndMenu
IMGUI_API void EndMenu()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6224
ImGui::VSliderScalar
IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char *label, const ImVec2 &size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, const void *v_min, const void *v_max, const char *format=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2669
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop
Definition: imgui.h:1136
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::GlyphAdvanceX
float GlyphAdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2059
ImGuiIO::MouseDelta
ImVec2 MouseDelta
Definition: imgui.h:1442
ImGuiPayload::ImGuiPayload
ImGuiPayload()
Definition: imgui.h:1533
ImGui::GetCursorPos
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6892
ImFontAtlasFlags_None
@ ImFontAtlasFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:2068
ImVector::~ImVector
~ImVector()
Definition: imgui.h:1242
ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_
Definition: imgui.h:1186
ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument
Definition: imgui.h:733
ImGui::BeginTooltip
IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7362
ImVector::end
T * end()
Definition: imgui.h:1254
ImGui::EndMainMenuBar
IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5995
ImGui::EndPopup
IMGUI_API void EndPopup()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7675
ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_
Definition: imgui.h:990
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha
Definition: imgui.h:1128
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse
Definition: imgui.h:719
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID
Definition: imgui.h:893
ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg
@ ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg
Definition: imgui.h:1080
ImGui::EndDragDropTarget
IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget()
Definition: imgui.cpp:9162
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode
Definition: imgui.h:768
ImGui::Checkbox
IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char *label, bool *v)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:974
ImVector::index_from_ptr
int index_from_ptr(const T *it) const
Definition: imgui.h:1280
ImVec4::z
float z
Definition: imgui.h:194
ImFontAtlasFlags_
ImFontAtlasFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:2066
ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive
@ ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive
Definition: imgui.h:1064
ImGuiNavInput
int ImGuiNavInput
Definition: imgui.h:137
ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2 &r_min, const ImVec2 &r_max, bool clip=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4366
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase
Definition: imgui.h:757
size_pixels
Add a fourth parameter to bake specific font ranges size_pixels
Definition: README.txt:57
ImDrawData::TotalVtxCount
int TotalVtxCount
Definition: imgui.h:1985
ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR
Definition: imgui.h:1142
ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
Definition: imgui.h:1177
ImGuiIO::NavActive
bool NavActive
Definition: imgui.h:1434
ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip
Definition: imgui.h:899
ImGuiCol_Tab
@ ImGuiCol_Tab
Definition: imgui.h:1060
ImFontConfig::DstFont
ImFont * DstFont
Definition: imgui.h:2024
ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1112
ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4515
ImGui::BeginPopupModal
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char *name, bool *p_open=NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7647
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::IsPacked
bool IsPacked() const
Definition: imgui.h:2063
ImGui::Spacing
IMGUI_API void Spacing()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1173
ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled
Definition: imgui.h:880
ImGuiStyle::SelectableTextAlign
ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1319
ImDrawListFlags
int ImDrawListFlags
Definition: imgui.h:141
ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout
IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char *version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3261
ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button=0, float lock_threshold=-1.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4537
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::CursorPos
int CursorPos
Definition: imgui.h:1496
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed
Definition: imgui.h:784
ImDrawVert::pos
ImVec2 pos
Definition: imgui.h:1815
ImGui::TreeNodeEx
IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char *label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5089
ImGui::GetMousePos
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4509
GetGlyphRangesDefault
Add a fourth parameter to bake specific font ranges io Fonts GetGlyphRangesDefault())
ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos
@ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos
Definition: imgui.h:1020
ImGui::SliderInt2
IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char *label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2654
ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus
IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6286
ImGuiStyle::ItemInnerSpacing
ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1307
ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper
~ImGuiListClipper()
Definition: imgui.h:1719
ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors
@ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors
Definition: imgui.h:1019
ImGuiNavInput_Menu
@ ImGuiNavInput_Menu
Definition: imgui.h:972
ImGuiIO::MousePos
ImVec2 MousePos
Definition: imgui.h:1409
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected
Definition: imgui.h:783
ImGui::CalcListClipping
IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int *out_items_display_start, int *out_items_display_end)
Definition: imgui.cpp:2241
ImGui::LogToFile
IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int auto_open_depth=-1, const char *filename=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9272
ImGui::SetScrollHereY
IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio=0.5f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7349
ImGuiBackendFlags
int ImGuiBackendFlags
Definition: imgui.h:143
ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows
Definition: imgui.h:882
ImDrawListSplitter
Definition: imgui.h:1836
ImGui::GetCursorPosY
IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6904
ImGui::ListBoxFooter
IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5668
ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset
ImVec2 GlyphOffset
Definition: imgui.h:2013
ImGui::TreePush
IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char *str_id)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5356
ImFontConfig::Name
char Name[40]
Definition: imgui.h:2023
ImGui::IsAnyItemActive
IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4643
ImGuiListClipper::ItemsHeight
float ItemsHeight
Definition: imgui.h:1712
ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
Definition: imgui.h:1174
ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges
const ImWchar * GlyphRanges
Definition: imgui.h:2014
ImGui::GetCursorStartPos
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6931
ImGui::ProgressBar
IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2 &size_arg=ImVec2(-1, 0), const char *overlay=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1101
ImGui::DragIntRange2
IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char *label, int *v_current_min, int *v_current_max, float v_speed=1.0f, int v_min=0, int v_max=0, const char *format="%d", const char *format_max=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2229
ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask
Definition: imgui.h:1158
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar
Definition: imgui.h:714
ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton
@ ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton
Definition: imgui.h:853
ImGuiDataType_S32
@ ImGuiDataType_S32
Definition: imgui.h:914
IM_ALLOC
#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE)
Definition: imgui.h:1211
ImDrawList::PathClear
void PathClear()
Definition: imgui.h:1939
ImVector::find
T * find(const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1276
ImVector::push_back
void push_back(const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1268
ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue
Definition: imgui.h:760
ImGui::PopStyleColor
IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count=1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6341
ImGui::GetFontSize
IMGUI_API float GetFontSize()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6872
ImDrawListSplitter::_Current
int _Current
Definition: imgui.h:1838
ImGuiNavInput_Cancel
@ ImGuiNavInput_Cancel
Definition: imgui.h:970
ImVec4
Definition: imgui.h:192
ImGuiTextBuffer::begin
const char * begin() const
Definition: imgui.h:1633
ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap
Definition: imgui.h:814
ImColor::HSV
static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a=1.0f)
Definition: imgui.h:1763
ImGuiIO::BackendRendererUserData
void * BackendRendererUserData
Definition: imgui.h:1382
ImGui::InputText
IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char *label, char *buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback=NULL, void *user_data=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3068
ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus
IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6966
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair::ImGuiStoragePair
ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f)
Definition: imgui.h:1661
ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight
@ ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight
Definition: imgui.h:978
ImFontAtlas::CustomRect
ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect
Definition: imgui.h:2173
ImGui::NextColumn
IMGUI_API void NextColumn()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7445
ImDrawIdx
unsigned short ImDrawIdx
Definition: imgui.h:1808
ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk
IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char *ini_filename)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9503
ImGuiPayload::SourceParentId
ImGuiID SourceParentId
Definition: imgui.h:1527
ImGui::GetScrollMaxX
IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7268
ImDrawCmd::IdxOffset
unsigned int IdxOffset
Definition: imgui.h:1797
ImGuiTabBarFlags_None
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:834
ImGuiDir_
ImGuiDir_
Definition: imgui.h:924
ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2 &size)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6761
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker
Definition: imgui.h:1129
IM_FMTARGS
#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
Definition: imgui.h:72
ImGui::IsKeyPressed
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4419
ImVector::end
const T * end() const
Definition: imgui.h:1255
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank
Definition: imgui.h:758
ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
Definition: imgui.h:1093
ImDrawList::PrimWriteVtx
void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2 &pos, const ImVec2 &uv, ImU32 col)
Definition: imgui.h:1969
ImGuiMouseCursor
int ImGuiMouseCursor
Definition: imgui.h:138
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange
Definition: imgui.h:1609
ImGui::DragInt2
IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char *label, int v[2], float v_speed=1.0f, int v_min=0, int v_max=0, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2214
ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed
IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6690
ImDrawCornerFlags_
ImDrawCornerFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:1851
ImGuiDataType_S8
@ ImGuiDataType_S8
Definition: imgui.h:910
ImGui::GetDragDropPayload
const IMGUI_API ImGuiPayload * GetDragDropPayload()
Definition: imgui.cpp:9155
ImGuiPayload::DataSize
int DataSize
Definition: imgui.h:1523
ImFontConfig
Definition: imgui.h:2002
IM_COL32_B_SHIFT
#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT
Definition: imgui.h:1736
ImDrawData::CmdListsCount
int CmdListsCount
Definition: imgui.h:1983
ImGui::IsMouseClicked
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat=false)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4457
ImGui::SetStateStorage
IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage *storage)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6983
ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened
Definition: imgui.h:739
ImGui::GetTextLineHeight
IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6837
ImGuiFocusedFlags
int ImGuiFocusedFlags
Definition: imgui.h:148
ImGui::End
IMGUI_API void End()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6016
ImVector::find
const T * find(const T &v) const
Definition: imgui.h:1277
ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle
void * ImeWindowHandle
Definition: imgui.h:1394
ImGuiTextBuffer::operator[]
char operator[](int i)
Definition: imgui.h:1632
ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll
Definition: imgui.h:842
ImGuiIO::WantCaptureMouse
bool WantCaptureMouse
Definition: imgui.h:1429
ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext
@ ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext
Definition: imgui.h:982
ImGui::Dummy
IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2 &size)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1181
ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
Definition: imgui.h:835
ImDrawList::ImDrawList
ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData *shared_data)
Definition: imgui.h:1902
ImVector::back
const T & back() const
Definition: imgui.h:1259
ImGuiStyle::WindowMenuButtonPosition
ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition
Definition: imgui.h:1298
ImGui::PopStyleVar
IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count=1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6423
ImDrawCornerFlags_Top
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_Top
Definition: imgui.h:1858
ImFontAtlasCustomRect
Definition: imgui.h:2054
ImGui::VSliderInt
IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char *label, const ImVec2 &size, int *v, int v_min, int v_max, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2733
ImGui::SetColumnWidth
IMGUI_API void SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7297
ImDrawList::PathStroke
void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness=1.0f)
Definition: imgui.h:1943
ImGuiCond_Once
@ ImGuiCond_Once
Definition: imgui.h:1196
ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect
Definition: imgui.h:898
ImGuiIO::BackendFlags
ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags
Definition: imgui.h:1345
ImU16
unsigned short ImU16
Definition: imgui.h:163
ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors
@ ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors
Definition: imgui.h:2070
ImDrawList::CmdBuffer
ImVector< ImDrawCmd > CmdBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1884
ImGuiIO
Definition: imgui.h:1338
ImDrawList
Definition: imgui.h:1881
ImGui::CalcItemWidth
IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6192
ImGui::SmallButton
IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char *label)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:650
ImGui::IsWindowAppearing
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6701
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft
Definition: imgui.h:1854
ImFontConfig::EllipsisChar
ImWchar EllipsisChar
Definition: imgui.h:2020
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview
Definition: imgui.h:1131
ImGui::RenderText
IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char *text, const char *text_end=NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:2386
ImGui::EndTabItem
IMGUI_API void EndTabItem()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6851
ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall
@ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall
Definition: imgui.h:822
ImFontAtlas
Definition: imgui.h:2090
ImGui::IsItemEdited
IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4661
ImGuiIO::WantSaveIniSettings
bool WantSaveIniSettings
Definition: imgui.h:1433
ImGuiCol_Header
@ ImGuiCol_Header
Definition: imgui.h:1051
ImGuiCol_ButtonActive
@ ImGuiCol_ButtonActive
Definition: imgui.h:1050
ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar
IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5975
ImVector::find_erase
bool find_erase(const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1278
ImFontAtlas::TexUvWhitePixel
ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel
Definition: imgui.h:2166
ImGui::NewLine
IMGUI_API void NewLine()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1192
ImGuiStyle::ScrollbarRounding
float ScrollbarRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1312
ImGui::GetTime
IMGUI_API double GetTime()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3319
ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth
IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6831
ImGuiCol_
ImGuiCol_
Definition: imgui.h:1025
ImGui::DragScalar
IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, float v_speed, const void *v_min=NULL, const void *v_max=NULL, const char *format=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2055
BlamEngineDataFolder::Fonts
@ Fonts
Directory used for game engine fonts. Defaults to ./maps/fonts/
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways
Definition: imgui.h:763
ImGuiIO::KeyRepeatDelay
float KeyRepeatDelay
Definition: imgui.h:1355
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings
Definition: imgui.h:722
ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB
Definition: imgui.h:1165
ImGuiStyle::PopupRounding
float PopupRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1301
ImGuiCol_SliderGrab
@ ImGuiCol_SliderGrab
Definition: imgui.h:1046
ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1095
ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed
@ ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed
Definition: imgui.h:1039
ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight
@ ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight
Definition: imgui.h:1072
ImDrawList::_VtxCurrentOffset
unsigned int _VtxCurrentOffset
Definition: imgui.h:1892
ImGui::Combo
IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char *label, int *current_item, const char *const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items=-1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1599
ImGuiKey_UpArrow
@ ImGuiKey_UpArrow
Definition: imgui.h:940
ImGui::MemAlloc
IMGUI_API void * MemAlloc(size_t size)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3206
ImGuiStyle::DisplaySafeAreaPadding
ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding
Definition: imgui.h:1321
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen
Definition: imgui.h:788
ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex
Definition: imgui.h:1145
ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused
@ ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused
Definition: imgui.h:1063
ImU32
unsigned int ImU32
Definition: imgui.h:165
ImVec2::x
float x
Definition: imgui.h:181
ImVector::_grow_capacity
int _grow_capacity(int sz) const
Definition: imgui.h:1262
ImGui::DragInt
IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char *label, int *v, float v_speed=1.0f, int v_min=0, int v_max=0, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2209
ImGuiIO::FontAllowUserScaling
bool FontAllowUserScaling
Definition: imgui.h:1361
ImVector::front
T & front()
Definition: imgui.h:1256
ImGuiSelectableFlags_None
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:809
ImFont::ConfigDataCount
short ConfigDataCount
Definition: imgui.h:2196
ImGuiIO::MetricsRenderWindows
int MetricsRenderWindows
Definition: imgui.h:1439
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus
Definition: imgui.h:732
ImVector::ImVector
ImVector()
Definition: imgui.h:1239
ImGui::GetContentRegionMax
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6791
ImGui::SameLine
IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7147
ImGuiDragDropFlags_None
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:888
ImDrawList::GetClipRectMax
ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const
Definition: imgui.h:1910
ImFontAtlas::CustomRects
ImVector< ImFontAtlasCustomRect > CustomRects
Definition: imgui.h:2168
ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill
@ ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill
Definition: imgui.h:1869
ImGuiPayload::Delivery
bool Delivery
Definition: imgui.h:1531
ImGui::SetNextItemOpen
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5410
ImGui::PushButtonRepeat
IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6296
ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
Definition: imgui.h:1102
ImGuiIO::MouseDrawCursor
bool MouseDrawCursor
Definition: imgui.h:1366
ImFontAtlas::TexWidth
int TexWidth
Definition: imgui.h:2163
ImGui::InputInt4
IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char *label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3048
ImDrawCmd::ClipRect
ImVec4 ClipRect
Definition: imgui.h:1794
ImGui::ColorPicker4
IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char *label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags=0, const float *ref_col=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4454
ImFontAtlasFlags
int ImFontAtlasFlags
Definition: imgui.h:142
ImGuiDataType_S64
@ ImGuiDataType_S64
Definition: imgui.h:916
ImGui::DragInt4
IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char *label, int v[4], float v_speed=1.0f, int v_min=0, int v_max=0, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2224
ImGui::GetCursorPosX
IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6898
ImColor::ImColor
ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a=255)
Definition: imgui.h:1754
ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap
IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4668
ImFontAtlas::IsBuilt
bool IsBuilt()
Definition: imgui.h:2113
ImFontAtlas::GetCustomRectByIndex
const ImFontAtlasCustomRect * GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const
Definition: imgui.h:2143
ImGuiTabBarFlags
int ImGuiTabBarFlags
Definition: imgui.h:152
ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6819
ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset
@ ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset
Definition: imgui.h:1870
ImGuiTextFilter::CountGrep
int CountGrep
Definition: imgui.h:1621
ImGuiListClipper::StartPosY
float StartPosY
Definition: imgui.h:1711
ImDrawCornerFlags_None
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:1853
ImGui::PopButtonRepeat
IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6301
ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1103
ImGui::MenuItem
IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char *label, const char *shortcut=NULL, bool selected=false, bool enabled=true)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6240
ImGui::SliderFloat3
IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char *label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2629
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground
Definition: imgui.h:721
IMGUI_API
#define IMGUI_API
Definition: imgui.h:57
ImVector::begin
const T * begin() const
Definition: imgui.h:1253
ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing
IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6843
ImGuiCol_PlotLines
@ ImGuiCol_PlotLines
Definition: imgui.h:1065
ImGuiStorage::Data
ImVector< ImGuiStoragePair > Data
Definition: imgui.h:1665
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen
Definition: imgui.h:786
ImGuiSelectableFlags
int ImGuiSelectableFlags
Definition: imgui.h:151
ImVec2
Definition: imgui.h:179
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited
Definition: imgui.h:776
ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular
@ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular
Definition: imgui.h:823
ImGui::SetScrollX
IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7280
ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip
Definition: imgui.h:840
ImGui::GetColumnOffset
IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index=-1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7233
ImGuiIO::WantSetMousePos
bool WantSetMousePos
Definition: imgui.h:1432
ImFont
Definition: imgui.h:2180
ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast
@ ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast
Definition: imgui.h:984
ImGuiIO::NavVisible
bool NavVisible
Definition: imgui.h:1435
ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled
Definition: imgui.h:813
ImGuiComboFlags
int ImGuiComboFlags
Definition: imgui.h:146
ImGui::IsItemHovered
IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3061
ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
Definition: imgui.h:1096
ImFontAtlas::Flags
ImFontAtlasFlags Flags
Definition: imgui.h:2154
ImVector::empty
bool empty() const
Definition: imgui.h:1244
ImGuiMouseCursor_None
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_None
Definition: imgui.h:1173
ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV
IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float &out_h, float &out_s, float &out_v)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1831
ImGui::ArrowButton
IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char *str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:714
ImGui::GetColorU32
IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul=1.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1880
ImGuiIO::BackendRendererName
const char * BackendRendererName
Definition: imgui.h:1380
ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered
@ ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1055
ImFontAtlas::ConfigData
ImVector< ImFontConfig > ConfigData
Definition: imgui.h:2169
ImGuiConfigFlags_None
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:1001
ImGuiInputTextFlags
int ImGuiInputTextFlags
Definition: imgui.h:150
ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent
void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n)
Definition: imgui.h:1959
ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_
Definition: imgui.h:993
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair::key
ImGuiID key
Definition: imgui.h:1658
ImVector::pop_back
void pop_back()
Definition: imgui.h:1269
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::BufDirty
bool BufDirty
Definition: imgui.h:1495
ImGui::StyleColorsLight
IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle *dst=NULL)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:287
imconfig.h
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight
Definition: imgui.h:1857
ImDrawListFlags_
ImDrawListFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:1865
ImGui::GetCurrentContext
IMGUI_API ImGuiContext * GetCurrentContext()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3242
ImGuiIO::Fonts
ImFontAtlas * Fonts
Definition: imgui.h:1359
ImGui::DragFloat
IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char *label, float *v, float v_speed=1.0f, float v_min=0.0f, float v_max=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2164
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::empty
bool empty() const
Definition: imgui.h:1616
ImGui::GetClipboardText
const IMGUI_API char * GetClipboardText()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3222
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags
int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags
Definition: imgui.h:154
ImGuiKey_V
@ ImGuiKey_V
Definition: imgui.h:955
ImGui::TextWrappedV
IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:295
ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft
@ ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft
Definition: imgui.h:821
ImFont::Descent
float Descent
Definition: imgui.h:2200
ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere
IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6956
AddFontDefault
io Fonts AddFontDefault()
ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow
@ ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow
Definition: imgui.h:863
ImGuiIO::DisplayFramebufferScale
ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale
Definition: imgui.h:1363
ImGuiIO::KeyCtrl
bool KeyCtrl
Definition: imgui.h:1413
ImGuiStyle::WindowPadding
ImVec2 WindowPadding
Definition: imgui.h:1293
ImGui::InputFloat3
IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char *label, float v[3], const char *format="%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2986
ImGuiKey_COUNT
@ ImGuiKey_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:959
ImGui::Render
IMGUI_API void Render()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4248
ImGuiStyle::WindowBorderSize
float WindowBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1295
ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList
IMGUI_API ImDrawList * GetForegroundDrawList()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3334
ImGui::ImageButton
IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2 &size, const ImVec2 &uv0=ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2 &uv1=ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding=-1, const ImVec4 &bg_col=ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4 &tint_col=ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:938
ImGuiKey_LeftArrow
@ ImGuiKey_LeftArrow
Definition: imgui.h:938
ImGui::GetScrollX
IMGUI_API float GetScrollX()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7256
ImGui::ShowStyleSelector
IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char *label)
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:3123
ImDrawList::_ClipRectStack
ImVector< ImVec4 > _ClipRectStack
Definition: imgui.h:1896
ImGuiIO::BackendPlatformUserData
void * BackendPlatformUserData
Definition: imgui.h:1381
ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem
Definition: imgui.h:878
ImGuiIO::KeyShift
bool KeyShift
Definition: imgui.h:1414
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow
Definition: imgui.h:790
ImS64
signed long long ImS64
Definition: imgui.h:174
ImGui::Begin
IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char *name, bool *p_open=NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:5397
ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow
Definition: imgui.h:875
ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6695
ImGuiStyle::MouseCursorScale
float MouseCursorScale
Definition: imgui.h:1322
ImGuiListClipper
Definition: imgui.h:1709
ImGui::CheckboxFlags
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char *label, unsigned int *flags, unsigned int flags_value)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1025
ImGui::PushStyleVar
IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6395
ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1094
ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive
@ ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive
Definition: imgui.h:1036
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
Definition: imgui.h:2039
ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk
IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char *ini_filename)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9421
ImFont::DirtyLookupTables
bool DirtyLookupTables
Definition: imgui.h:2202
IM_DELETE
void IM_DELETE(T *p)
Definition: imgui.h:1215
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password
Definition: imgui.h:770
ImFontAtlas::Fonts
ImVector< ImFont * > Fonts
Definition: imgui.h:2167
ImGui::PushClipRect
IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2 &clip_rect_min, const ImVec2 &clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4142
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern
Definition: imgui.h:894
ImGuiIO::MousePosPrev
ImVec2 MousePosPrev
Definition: imgui.h:1448
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo
Definition: imgui.h:771
ImGui::DragFloat2
IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char *label, float v[2], float v_speed=1.0f, float v_min=0.0f, float v_max=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2169
ImGui::CollapsingHeader
IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char *label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5422
ImGuiIO::KeyRepeatRate
float KeyRepeatRate
Definition: imgui.h:1356
ImFontGlyph::Codepoint
ImWchar Codepoint
Definition: imgui.h:2031
ImDrawData::CmdLists
ImDrawList ** CmdLists
Definition: imgui.h:1982
ImGuiStyle::WindowMinSize
ImVec2 WindowMinSize
Definition: imgui.h:1296
ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6825
ImGuiBackendFlags_None
@ ImGuiBackendFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:1017
ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive
@ ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive
Definition: imgui.h:1056
ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest
@ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest
Definition: imgui.h:825
ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
@ ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:1115
ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar
Definition: imgui.h:728
ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver
@ ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver
Definition: imgui.h:1197
ImGuiStyle::WindowTitleAlign
ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1297
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
Definition: imgui.h:785
ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad
Definition: imgui.h:1003
ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit
void ChannelsSplit(int count)
Definition: imgui.h:1957
ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered
@ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1058
ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange
Definition: imgui.h:1007
ImGuiMouseCursor_
ImGuiMouseCursor_
Definition: imgui.h:1171
ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV
Definition: imgui.h:1165
ImGui::InvisibleButton
IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char *str_id, const ImVec2 &size)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:662
ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered
@ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1066
ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
Definition: imgui.h:1175
ImFont::FallbackAdvanceX
float FallbackAdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2184
ImGuiCol_Border
@ ImGuiCol_Border
Definition: imgui.h:1032
ImGui::SetDragDropPayload
IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char *type, const void *data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9011
ImGui::IsWindowFocused
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6551
ImGuiPayload::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1534
ImGuiFocusedFlags_
ImGuiFocusedFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:858
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline
Definition: imgui.h:775
ImGuiConfigFlags_
ImGuiConfigFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:999
ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset
unsigned int VtxOffset
Definition: imgui.h:1796
ImGui::OpenPopup
IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char *str_id)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7453
ImGui::SetScrollHereX
IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio=0.5f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7338
ImGui::GetColumnWidth
IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index=-1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7262
ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload
const IMGUI_API ImGuiPayload * AcceptDragDropPayload(const char *type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9112
ImGuiStyle::GrabMinSize
float GrabMinSize
Definition: imgui.h:1313
ImGui::GetFrameCount
IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3324
ImGuiDataType_S16
@ ImGuiDataType_S16
Definition: imgui.h:912
ImColor::Value
ImVec4 Value
Definition: imgui.h:1751
ImFont::GetDebugName
const char * GetDebugName() const
Definition: imgui.h:2211
ImGui::Unindent
IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w=0.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7178
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs
Definition: imgui.h:736
ImGuiTextBuffer::ImGuiTextBuffer
ImGuiTextBuffer()
Definition: imgui.h:1631
ImGui::BeginMenuBar
IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6012
ImGuiWindowFlags_None
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:713
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal
Definition: imgui.h:755
ImGui::GetFont
IMGUI_API ImFont * GetFont()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6867
ImFont::GetCharAdvance
float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const
Definition: imgui.h:2209
ImGui::GetItemRectSize
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4689
ImVector::push_front
void push_front(const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1270
ImGuiCol_CheckMark
@ ImGuiCol_CheckMark
Definition: imgui.h:1045
y
font DisplayOffset y
Definition: README.txt:68
ImGui::TreeNodeV
IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char *str_id, const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5079
ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped
Definition: imgui.h:879
ImGuiPayload::Data
void * Data
Definition: imgui.h:1522
NULL
Add a fourth parameter to bake specific font ranges NULL
Definition: README.txt:57
ImDrawCornerFlags_Left
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_Left
Definition: imgui.h:1860
ImGuiCol_PopupBg
@ ImGuiCol_PopupBg
Definition: imgui.h:1031
ImGuiStyle::ButtonTextAlign
ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1318
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::UsedChars
ImVector< ImU32 > UsedChars
Definition: imgui.h:2041
ImDrawList::_TextureIdStack
ImVector< ImTextureID > _TextureIdStack
Definition: imgui.h:1897
ImDrawList::_IdxWritePtr
ImDrawIdx * _IdxWritePtr
Definition: imgui.h:1895
ImFont::IndexLookup
ImVector< ImWchar > IndexLookup
Definition: imgui.h:2188
ImGuiIO::MetricsActiveAllocations
int MetricsActiveAllocations
Definition: imgui.h:1441
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter
Definition: imgui.h:764
ImGuiComboFlags_
ImGuiComboFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:818
cursor
HCURSOR cursor
Main window cursor.
Definition: main.cpp:68
ImGuiIO::MouseDragThreshold
float MouseDragThreshold
Definition: imgui.h:1353
ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:1182
ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY
IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio=0.5f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7331
ImGui::BeginTabBar
IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char *str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6366
ImGui::GetWindowDrawList
IMGUI_API ImDrawList * GetWindowDrawList()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6861
ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_
Definition: imgui.h:992
ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6812
ImDrawCallback
void(* ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList *parent_list, const ImDrawCmd *cmd)
Definition: imgui.h:1779
ImGuiNavInput_KeyTab_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyTab_
Definition: imgui.h:989
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth
Definition: imgui.h:795
IM_COL32_WHITE
#define IM_COL32_WHITE
Definition: imgui.h:1741
ImGui::IsMousePosValid
IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2 *mouse_pos=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4524
ImGui::Bullet
IMGUI_API void Bullet()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1137
ImGui::Text
IMGUI_API void Text(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:238
ImGui::GetIO
IMGUI_API ImGuiIO & GetIO()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3300
ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6768
ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg
@ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg
Definition: imgui.h:1041
ImGuiIO::ConfigFlags
ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags
Definition: imgui.h:1344
ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char *str_id=NULL, int mouse_button=1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7690
ImGuiStyle::FramePadding
ImVec2 FramePadding
Definition: imgui.h:1303
ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows
Definition: imgui.h:873
ImDrawList::PathLineTo
void PathLineTo(const ImVec2 &pos)
Definition: imgui.h:1940
ImGui::IsItemActive
IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4578
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2 &pos, ImGuiCond cond=0, const ImVec2 &pivot=ImVec2(0, 0))
Definition: imgui.cpp:6731
ImGui::PopTextWrapPos
IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6313
ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding
Definition: imgui.h:730
ImDrawList::_Data
const ImDrawListSharedData * _Data
Definition: imgui.h:1890
ImGui::EndDragDropSource
IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource()
Definition: imgui.cpp:8995
ImGuiContext
Definition: imgui_internal.h:857
ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1104
ImVector::capacity
int capacity() const
Definition: imgui.h:1247
ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions
IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void *(*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void *user_data), void(*free_func)(void *ptr, void *user_data), void *user_data=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3274
ImGuiStyle
Definition: imgui.h:1290
ImGuiTabBarFlags_
ImGuiTabBarFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:832
ImGui::SetCursorPos
IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2 &local_pos)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6910
ImGui::EndTooltip
IMGUI_API void EndTooltip()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7402
ImGui::BulletTextV
IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:349
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::ImGuiTextRange
ImGuiTextRange()
Definition: imgui.h:1614
ImGuiDataType_U32
@ ImGuiDataType_U32
Definition: imgui.h:915
ImGui::BeginCombo
IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char *label, const char *preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1416
ImGui::ColorButton
IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char *desc_id, const ImVec4 &col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags=0, ImVec2 size=ImVec2(0, 0))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4822
ImGui::Selectable
IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char *label, bool selected=false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags=0, const ImVec2 &size=ImVec2(0, 0))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5469
ImGuiTextBuffer::end
const char * end() const
Definition: imgui.h:1634
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::UserData
void * UserData
Definition: imgui.h:1485
ImGuiDir_None
@ ImGuiDir_None
Definition: imgui.h:926
ImDrawListSplitter::ImDrawListSplitter
ImDrawListSplitter()
Definition: imgui.h:1842
ImGui::SetWindowFontScale
IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6882
ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge
@ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge
Definition: imgui.h:824
ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing
IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6855
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode
Definition: imgui.h:802
ImVector::ImVector
ImVector(const ImVector< T > &src)
Definition: imgui.h:1240
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::Width
unsigned short Width
Definition: imgui.h:2057
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip
Definition: imgui.h:1133
ImGuiDataType
int ImGuiDataType
Definition: imgui.h:134
ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1105
ImGuiDataType_Float
@ ImGuiDataType_Float
Definition: imgui.h:918
ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar
Definition: imgui.h:1148
ImGui::DragInt3
IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char *label, int v[3], float v_speed=1.0f, int v_min=0, int v_max=0, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2219
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::b
const char * b
Definition: imgui.h:1611
ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal
Definition: imgui.h:743
ImGuiCol
int ImGuiCol
Definition: imgui.h:132
ImGuiStyle::FrameRounding
float FrameRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1304
ImGuiIO::WantCaptureKeyboard
bool WantCaptureKeyboard
Definition: imgui.h:1430
ImGuiCol_HeaderActive
@ ImGuiCol_HeaderActive
Definition: imgui.h:1053
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:782
ImDrawListSplitter::Split
IMGUI_API void Split(ImDrawList *draw_list, int count)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:1215
ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6937
ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered
@ ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1035
ImFont::IndexAdvanceX
ImVector< float > IndexAdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2183
ImDrawData::DisplayPos
ImVec2 DisplayPos
Definition: imgui.h:1986
ImGuiWindowFlags_
ImGuiWindowFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:711
ImGui::SetWindowSize
IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2 &size, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6668
ImGuiCol_NavHighlight
@ ImGuiCol_NavHighlight
Definition: imgui.h:1071
ImDrawList::Flags
ImDrawListFlags Flags
Definition: imgui.h:1887
ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_
@ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_
Definition: imgui.h:828
ImDrawList::_Path
ImVector< ImVec2 > _Path
Definition: imgui.h:1898
ImGui::BeginChildFrame
IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2 &size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4804
ImGui::SetCurrentContext
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext *ctx)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3247
ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg
@ ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg
Definition: imgui.h:1040
ImDrawChannel
Definition: imgui.h:1828
ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory
const IMGUI_API char * SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t *out_ini_size=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9520
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight
Definition: imgui.h:1855
ImGui::BeginMenu
IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char *label, bool enabled=true)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6081
ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing
IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5403
ImGui
Definition: imgui_extensions.h:5
ImVec2::ImVec2
ImVec2()
Definition: imgui.h:182
ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown
Definition: imgui.h:841
ImDrawListSplitter::_Channels
ImVector< ImDrawChannel > _Channels
Definition: imgui.h:1840
ImGuiCol_TextDisabled
@ ImGuiCol_TextDisabled
Definition: imgui.h:1028
ImVector::reserve
void reserve(int new_capacity)
Definition: imgui.h:1265
ImVec4::ImVec4
ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w)
Definition: imgui.h:196
ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId
@ ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId
Definition: imgui.h:854
ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight
@ ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight
Definition: imgui.h:2069
ImGuiStyleVar
int ImGuiStyleVar
Definition: imgui.h:139
ImS16
signed short ImS16
Definition: imgui.h:162
ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered
@ ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1052
ImDrawList::IdxBuffer
ImVector< ImDrawIdx > IdxBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1885
ImVector::find_erase_unsorted
bool find_erase_unsorted(const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1279
ImDrawData::ImDrawData
ImDrawData()
Definition: imgui.h:1991
ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen
Definition: imgui.h:1011
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar
Definition: imgui.h:717
ImGuiTabItemFlags_
ImGuiTabItemFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:848
GetTexDataAsAlpha8
The code in imgui cpp embeds a copy of ProggyClean ttf that you can use without any external files The files in this folder are only provided as a you can use any of your own TTF files Fonts are rasterized in a single texture at the time of calling either of io Fonts GetTexDataAsAlpha8()/GetTexDataAsRGBA32()/Build(). If you want to use icons in ImGui
ImGui::InputTextWithHint
IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char *label, const char *hint, char *buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback=NULL, void *user_data=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3079
ImGui::InputInt2
IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char *label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3038
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions
Definition: imgui.h:1130
ImNewDummy
Definition: imgui.h:1208
ImFont::Glyph
ImFontGlyph Glyph
Definition: imgui.h:2229
ImGui::LabelText
IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char *label, const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:306
ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus
IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6291
ImGuiTextBuffer::Buf
ImVector< char > Buf
Definition: imgui.h:1628
ImGui::SetNextWindowSize
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2 &size, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6741
ImGui::LabelTextV
IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char *label, const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:315
ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse
Definition: imgui.h:1006
ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos
IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2 &pos)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6943
ImGui::Columns
IMGUI_API void Columns(int count=1, const char *id=NULL, bool border=true)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7572
ImGuiPayload
Definition: imgui.h:1519
ImGuiIO::Framerate
float Framerate
Definition: imgui.h:1436
ImGuiPayload::Preview
bool Preview
Definition: imgui.h:1530
ImGuiCond_Appearing
@ ImGuiCond_Appearing
Definition: imgui.h:1198
ImFontGlyph::Y1
float Y1
Definition: imgui.h:2033
ImDrawData::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1993
ImDrawChannel::_CmdBuffer
ImVector< ImDrawCmd > _CmdBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1830
ImGui::IsWindowHovered
IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6510
ImGui::DragFloat3
IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char *label, float v[3], float v_speed=1.0f, float v_min=0.0f, float v_max=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2174
ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
Definition: imgui.h:1178
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::SelectionEnd
int SelectionEnd
Definition: imgui.h:1498
ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float
Definition: imgui.h:1147
ImDrawList::PathLineToMergeDuplicate
void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2 &pos)
Definition: imgui.h:1941
ImGuiTextBuffer::empty
bool empty()
Definition: imgui.h:1636
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Buf
char * Buf
Definition: imgui.h:1492
ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab
@ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab
Definition: imgui.h:1042
ImGui::GetFrameHeight
IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6849
ImGuiKey_End
@ ImGuiKey_End
Definition: imgui.h:945
ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV
Definition: imgui.h:1144
ImFontConfig::SizePixels
float SizePixels
Definition: imgui.h:2008
ImGui::GetKeyIndex
IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4382
ImDrawList::PrimWriteIdx
void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)
Definition: imgui.h:1970
ImGuiIO::LogFilename
const char * LogFilename
Definition: imgui.h:1350
ImVector::Capacity
int Capacity
Definition: imgui.h:1230
ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB
Definition: imgui.h:1143
ImGui::PlotHistogram
IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char *label, const float *values, int values_count, int values_offset=0, const char *overlay_text=NULL, float scale_min=FLT_MAX, float scale_max=FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size=ImVec2(0, 0), int stride=sizeof(float))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5872
ImGuiConfigFlags
int ImGuiConfigFlags
Definition: imgui.h:145
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::EventChar
ImWchar EventChar
Definition: imgui.h:1490
ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive
@ ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive
Definition: imgui.h:1038
ImGui::IsKeyReleased
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4433
ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar
Definition: imgui.h:725
ImDrawCmd
Definition: imgui.h:1791
ImGui::SetMouseCursor
IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4563
ImGui::PopID
IMGUI_API void PopID()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7026
ImGuiIO::ConfigMacOSXBehaviors
bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors
Definition: imgui.h:1367
ImGuiSizeCallbackData::CurrentSize
ImVec2 CurrentSize
Definition: imgui.h:1514
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover
Definition: imgui.h:891
ImGui::BulletText
IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:340
ImGuiID
unsigned int ImGuiID
Definition: imgui.h:130
ImGuiStyle::TabRounding
float TabRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1315
ImGuiCol_ChildBg
@ ImGuiCol_ChildBg
Definition: imgui.h:1030
ImDrawCmd::TextureId
ImTextureID TextureId
Definition: imgui.h:1795
ImGui::GetScrollY
IMGUI_API float GetScrollY()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7262
ImGuiDataType_U16
@ ImGuiDataType_U16
Definition: imgui.h:913
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::Y
unsigned short Y
Definition: imgui.h:2058
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput
Definition: imgui.h:765
ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1100
ImFontConfig::MergeMode
bool MergeMode
Definition: imgui.h:2017
ImGuiTextFilter::Filters
ImVector< ImGuiTextRange > Filters
Definition: imgui.h:1620
ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX
IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio=0.5f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7325
ImFont::MetricsTotalSurface
int MetricsTotalSurface
Definition: imgui.h:2201
IM_COL32_A_SHIFT
#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT
Definition: imgui.h:1737
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
Definition: imgui.h:1481
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs
Definition: imgui.h:1132
ImGuiIO::UserData
void * UserData
Definition: imgui.h:1357
ImGui::SliderScalarN
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, int components, const void *v_min, const void *v_max, const char *format=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2584
AddFontFromFileTTF
io Fonts AddFontFromFileTTF("font.ttf", size_pixels)
ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_
Definition: imgui.h:988
ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory
IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char *ini_data, size_t ini_size=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9442
ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp
IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4568
ImDrawList::_VtxWritePtr
ImDrawVert * _VtxWritePtr
Definition: imgui.h:1894
ImGuiDir_COUNT
@ ImGuiDir_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:931
ImVector::operator[]
const T & operator[](int i) const
Definition: imgui.h:1249
ImGuiCond_
ImGuiCond_
Definition: imgui.h:1193
ImFontAtlas::TexPixelsAlpha8
unsigned char * TexPixelsAlpha8
Definition: imgui.h:2161
ImGuiKey
int ImGuiKey
Definition: imgui.h:136
ImColor::ImColor
ImColor(const ImVec4 &col)
Definition: imgui.h:1757
ImGui::GetColumnsCount
IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7198
ImGui::IsItemFocused
IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4616
ImGuiKey_Enter
@ ImGuiKey_Enter
Definition: imgui.h:950
ImGui::TreePop
IMGUI_API void TreePop()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5380
ImDrawCornerFlags_Right
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_Right
Definition: imgui.h:1861
ImGui::InputTextMultiline
IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char *label, char *buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2 &size=ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback=NULL, void *user_data=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3074
IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
Definition: imgui.h:1734
ImGuiInputTextFlags_
ImGuiInputTextFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:752
ImGuiTextBuffer::clear
void clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1637
ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_
@ ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_
Definition: imgui.h:991
ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly
Definition: imgui.h:881
ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32
IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4 &in)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1819
ImVector::iterator
value_type * iterator
Definition: imgui.h:1235
ImGuiKey_Backspace
@ ImGuiKey_Backspace
Definition: imgui.h:948
ImFontAtlas::TexHeight
int TexHeight
Definition: imgui.h:2164
ImGuiKey_C
@ ImGuiKey_C
Definition: imgui.h:954
ImGuiIO::BackendLanguageUserData
void * BackendLanguageUserData
Definition: imgui.h:1383
ImGui::TextWrapped
IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:287
ImGuiIO::MouseDoubleClickMaxDist
float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist
Definition: imgui.h:1352
ImVector::size_in_bytes
int size_in_bytes() const
Definition: imgui.h:1246
ImGuiKey_RightArrow
@ ImGuiKey_RightArrow
Definition: imgui.h:939
ImVector
Definition: imgui.h:1227
ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot
Definition: imgui.h:1859
ImVector::operator[]
T & operator[](int i)
Definition: imgui.h:1248
ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive
@ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive
Definition: imgui.h:1059
ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick
Definition: imgui.h:812
ImVector::front
const T & front() const
Definition: imgui.h:1257
ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder
Definition: imgui.h:2174
ImVector::size
int size() const
Definition: imgui.h:1245
ImVector::const_iterator
const typedef value_type * const_iterator
Definition: imgui.h:1236
ImGui::EndMenuBar
IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6040
ImGui::EndCombo
IMGUI_API void EndCombo()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1522
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers
Definition: imgui.h:892
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion
Definition: imgui.h:761
ImGuiIO::MouseWheelH
float MouseWheelH
Definition: imgui.h:1412
ImGui::PushFont
IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont *font)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6250
ImWchar
unsigned short ImWchar
Definition: imgui.h:131
ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar
Definition: imgui.h:1139
ImGui::StyleColorsDark
IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle *dst=NULL)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:176
ImGui::GetStyle
IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle & GetStyle()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3306
ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing
ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:2012
ImGuiIO::MouseDoubleClickTime
float MouseDoubleClickTime
Definition: imgui.h:1351
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair::ImGuiStoragePair
ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void *_val_p)
Definition: imgui.h:1662
ImGuiKey_A
@ ImGuiKey_A
Definition: imgui.h:953
ImGui::GetDrawData
IMGUI_API ImDrawData * GetDrawData()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3313
ImTextureID
void * ImTextureID
Definition: imgui.h:123
ImGuiIO::BackendPlatformName
const char * BackendPlatformName
Definition: imgui.h:1379
ImGui::EndTabBar
IMGUI_API void EndTabBar()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6432
ImGuiIO::IniFilename
const char * IniFilename
Definition: imgui.h:1349
ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
Definition: imgui.h:1110
ImDrawData
Definition: imgui.h:1979
ImGuiTextBuffer::size
int size() const
Definition: imgui.h:1635
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::GlyphOffset
ImVec2 GlyphOffset
Definition: imgui.h:2060
ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton
@ ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton
Definition: imgui.h:826
ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6877
ImGuiSizeCallback
void(* ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData *data)
Definition: imgui.h:157
ImGui::SetCursorPosY
IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6924
ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags
unsigned int RasterizerFlags
Definition: imgui.h:2018
ImGuiDir_Right
@ ImGuiDir_Right
Definition: imgui.h:928
ImFontAtlas::Locked
bool Locked
Definition: imgui.h:2153
ImGuiStyle::Alpha
float Alpha
Definition: imgui.h:1292
ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown
@ ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown
Definition: imgui.h:976
ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta
IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4550
ImFontAtlas::TexDesiredWidth
int TexDesiredWidth
Definition: imgui.h:2156
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding
Definition: imgui.h:793
ImGuiStorage
Definition: imgui.h:1653
ImFontConfig::FontDataOwnedByAtlas
bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas
Definition: imgui.h:2006
ImGui::InputScalar
IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, const void *step=NULL, const void *step_fast=NULL, const char *format=NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2868
ImGuiNavInput_
ImGuiNavInput_
Definition: imgui.h:966
ImGui::MemFree
IMGUI_API void MemFree(void *ptr)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3214
ImGui::InputFloat4
IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char *label, float v[4], const char *format="%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2991
ImFontConfig::PixelSnapH
bool PixelSnapH
Definition: imgui.h:2011
ImGuiCol_Button
@ ImGuiCol_Button
Definition: imgui.h:1048
ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered
IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4637
ImGuiIO::DeltaTime
float DeltaTime
Definition: imgui.h:1347
ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::e
const char * e
Definition: imgui.h:1612
ImGuiKey_Z
@ ImGuiKey_Z
Definition: imgui.h:958
ImGuiInputTextCallback
int(* ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data)
Definition: imgui.h:156
ImU8
unsigned char ImU8
Definition: imgui.h:161
ImGuiStyle::AntiAliasedLines
bool AntiAliasedLines
Definition: imgui.h:1323
ImGui::ShowStyleEditor
IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle *ref=NULL)
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:3165
ImGui::LogButtons
IMGUI_API void LogButtons()
Definition: imgui.cpp:9347
ImGuiOnceUponAFrame::RefFrame
int RefFrame
Definition: imgui.h:1594
ImU64
unsigned long long ImU64
Definition: imgui.h:175
ImGuiTextEditCallback
ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback
Definition: imgui.h:1581
ImGuiCol_TabHovered
@ ImGuiCol_TabHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1061
ImDrawChannel::_IdxBuffer
ImVector< ImDrawIdx > _IdxBuffer
Definition: imgui.h:1831
ImFont::IsLoaded
bool IsLoaded() const
Definition: imgui.h:2210
ImVec4::ImVec4
ImVec4()
Definition: imgui.h:195
ImGui::EndChild
IMGUI_API void EndChild()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4764
ImGui::PlotLines
IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char *label, const float *values, int values_count, int values_offset=0, const char *overlay_text=NULL, float scale_min=FLT_MAX, float scale_max=FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size=ImVec2(0, 0), int stride=sizeof(float))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5861
height
int height
Definition: bgfx.cpp:20
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddChar
void AddChar(ImWchar c)
Definition: imgui.h:2047
ImGui::ShowUserGuide
IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide()
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:150
ImFont::FallbackChar
ImWchar FallbackChar
Definition: imgui.h:2197
ImGui::IsItemClicked
IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4626
ImGuiSizeCallbackData::DesiredSize
ImVec2 DesiredSize
Definition: imgui.h:1515
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration
Definition: imgui.h:735
ImGui::GetColumnIndex
IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7192
ImGui::InputFloat2
IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char *label, float v[2], const char *format="%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2981
ImGui::SliderFloat4
IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char *label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2634
ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1106
ImGui::GetStyleColorName
const IMGUI_API char * GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6439
ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1098
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::EventKey
ImGuiKey EventKey
Definition: imgui.h:1491
ImGui::PopClipRect
IMGUI_API void PopClipRect()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4149
ImVector::back
T & back()
Definition: imgui.h:1258
ImGui::ColorEdit4
IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char *label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4154
ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1120
ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize
Definition: imgui.h:720
ImVec4::w
float w
Definition: imgui.h:194
ImGuiCond_Always
@ ImGuiCond_Always
Definition: imgui.h:1195
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth
Definition: imgui.h:794
ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard
@ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard
Definition: imgui.h:1002
ImDrawList::_VtxCurrentIdx
unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx
Definition: imgui.h:1893
ImFontGlyph
Definition: imgui.h:2029
ImGuiDragDropFlags
int ImGuiDragDropFlags
Definition: imgui.h:147
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup
IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7581
ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask
Definition: imgui.h:1161
ImGuiIO::IniSavingRate
float IniSavingRate
Definition: imgui.h:1348
ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4
const IMGUI_API ImVec4 & GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1896
ImFontConfig::FontNo
int FontNo
Definition: imgui.h:2007
ImDrawCmd::UserCallback
ImDrawCallback UserCallback
Definition: imgui.h:1798
ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit
IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4610
ImVector::swap
void swap(ImVector< T > &rhs)
Definition: imgui.h:1260
ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp
@ ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp
Definition: imgui.h:975
ImGuiSelectableFlags_
ImGuiSelectableFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:807
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:780
ImGuiCol_TabActive
@ ImGuiCol_TabActive
Definition: imgui.h:1062
ImGuiSizeCallbackData::Pos
ImVec2 Pos
Definition: imgui.h:1513
ImVec2::y
float y
Definition: imgui.h:181
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove
Definition: imgui.h:716
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine
Definition: imgui.h:766
ImGuiCol_Text
@ ImGuiCol_Text
Definition: imgui.h:1027
ImFontAtlas::TexID
ImTextureID TexID
Definition: imgui.h:2155
ImFontAtlasCustomRect::ImFontAtlasCustomRect
ImFontAtlasCustomRect()
Definition: imgui.h:2062
ImGuiKey_Space
@ ImGuiKey_Space
Definition: imgui.h:949
ImGuiDataType_COUNT
@ ImGuiDataType_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:920
ImGui::GetWindowPos
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6592
ImGui::CreateContext
IMGUI_API ImGuiContext * CreateContext(ImFontAtlas *shared_font_atlas=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3281
ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding
IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1208
ImGui::SetCursorPosX
IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6917
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
Definition: imgui.h:796
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific
Definition: imgui.h:772
ImGuiTextBuffer::c_str
const char * c_str() const
Definition: imgui.h:1639
ImFontConfig::OversampleV
int OversampleV
Definition: imgui.h:2010
ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly
Definition: imgui.h:900
ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge
void ChannelsMerge()
Definition: imgui.h:1958
ImS8
signed char ImS8
Definition: imgui.h:160
ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp
@ ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp
Definition: imgui.h:979
ImGui::SliderAngle
IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char *label, float *v_rad, float v_degrees_min=-360.0f, float v_degrees_max=+360.0f, const char *format="%.0f deg")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2639
ImGuiDataType_U64
@ ImGuiDataType_U64
Definition: imgui.h:917
ImVector::operator=
ImVector< T > & operator=(const ImVector< T > &src)
Definition: imgui.h:1241
ImColor::SetHSV
void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a=1.0f)
Definition: imgui.h:1762
ImGuiKey_PageUp
@ ImGuiKey_PageUp
Definition: imgui.h:942
ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows
@ ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows
Definition: imgui.h:861
ImGui::BeginDragDropSource
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:8897
ImVector::erase_unsorted
T * erase_unsorted(const T *it)
Definition: imgui.h:1273
ImGuiTextFilter
Definition: imgui.h:1599
ImGuiTabItemFlags_None
@ ImGuiTabItemFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:850
ImGui::ShowDemoWindow
IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool *p_open=NULL)
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:195
ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows
@ ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows
Definition: imgui.h:864
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip
Definition: imgui.h:890
ImGui::IsItemActivated
IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4589
ImGuiColorEditFlags
int ImGuiColorEditFlags
Definition: imgui.h:144
ImGui::SliderFloat
IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char *label, float *v, float v_min, float v_max, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2619
ImGui::DragScalarN
IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, int components, float v_speed, const void *v_min=NULL, const void *v_max=NULL, const char *format=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2129
ImGuiKey_Delete
@ ImGuiKey_Delete
Definition: imgui.h:947
ImGuiStyle::ChildBorderSize
float ChildBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1300
ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar
Definition: imgui.h:724
ImGuiNavInput_Input
@ ImGuiNavInput_Input
Definition: imgui.h:971
ImGuiPayload::IsPreview
bool IsPreview() const
Definition: imgui.h:1536
ImDrawListSplitter::~ImDrawListSplitter
~ImDrawListSplitter()
Definition: imgui.h:1843
ImGuiKey_X
@ ImGuiKey_X
Definition: imgui.h:956
ImDrawList::_OwnerName
const char * _OwnerName
Definition: imgui.h:1891
ImGui::CalcTextSize
IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char *text, const char *text_end=NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash=false, float wrap_width=-1.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4298
ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup
Definition: imgui.h:742
ImFontConfig::GlyphMaxAdvanceX
float GlyphMaxAdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2016
ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX
float GlyphMinAdvanceX
Definition: imgui.h:2015
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader
Definition: imgui.h:798
ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount
IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4409
ImGuiKey_DownArrow
@ ImGuiKey_DownArrow
Definition: imgui.h:941
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick
Definition: imgui.h:789
ImFontAtlas::TexPixelsRGBA32
unsigned int * TexPixelsRGBA32
Definition: imgui.h:2162
ImGui::ListBox
IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char *label, int *current_item, const char *const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items=-1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5684
ImGuiKey_Insert
@ ImGuiKey_Insert
Definition: imgui.h:946
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav
Definition: imgui.h:734
ImGui::GetVersion
const IMGUI_API char * GetVersion()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3235
ImFontConfig::RasterizerMultiply
float RasterizerMultiply
Definition: imgui.h:2019
ImGuiStyle::FrameBorderSize
float FrameBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1305
ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton
Definition: imgui.h:837
ImDrawList::_Splitter
ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter
Definition: imgui.h:1899
ImGuiStyle::WindowRounding
float WindowRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1294
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:2044
ImGui::GetWindowHeight
IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6586
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags
ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags
Definition: imgui.h:1484
ImGuiCol_TitleBg
@ ImGuiCol_TitleBg
Definition: imgui.h:1037
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel
Definition: imgui.h:1134
ImGuiDir_Up
@ ImGuiDir_Up
Definition: imgui.h:929
ImGuiNavInput_Activate
@ ImGuiNavInput_Activate
Definition: imgui.h:969
ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_
Definition: imgui.h:843
ImGuiDataType_Double
@ ImGuiDataType_Double
Definition: imgui.h:919
ImGuiStyle::TabBorderSize
float TabBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1316
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::HasSelection
bool HasSelection() const
Definition: imgui.h:1505
ImFontAtlas::TexGlyphPadding
int TexGlyphPadding
Definition: imgui.h:2157
ImFont::ConfigData
const ImFontConfig * ConfigData
Definition: imgui.h:2195
ImGuiStyle::ItemSpacing
ImVec2 ItemSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1306
ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault
Definition: imgui.h:1155
ImGuiStyle::CurveTessellationTol
float CurveTessellationTol
Definition: imgui.h:1325
ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_
Definition: imgui.h:844
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse
Definition: imgui.h:718
ImGuiSizeCallbackData
Definition: imgui.h:1510
ImGuiCol_WindowBg
@ ImGuiCol_WindowBg
Definition: imgui.h:1029
ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4483
ImGui::GetScrollMaxY
IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7274
ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow
@ ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow
Definition: imgui.h:862
ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons
Definition: imgui.h:839
ImGui::Separator
IMGUI_API void Separator()
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:1284
ImDrawVert::col
ImU32 col
Definition: imgui.h:1817
ImGuiStyle::ColorButtonPosition
ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition
Definition: imgui.h:1317
ImGui::LogToTTY
IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth=-1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9262
ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2 &size_min, const ImVec2 &size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback=NULL, void *custom_callback_data=NULL)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6750
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
Definition: imgui.h:787
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6153
IM_FMTLIST
#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
Definition: imgui.h:73
ImColor::ImColor
ImColor(ImU32 rgba)
Definition: imgui.h:1755
ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
@ ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
Definition: imgui.h:1107
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::BufTextLen
int BufTextLen
Definition: imgui.h:1493
ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown
IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4448
ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1099
ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
@ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
Definition: imgui.h:792
ImGui::DragFloat4
IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char *label, float v[4], float v_speed=1.0f, float v_min=0.0f, float v_max=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2179
ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered
@ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1043
ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview
@ ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview
Definition: imgui.h:827
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize
Definition: imgui.h:715
ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs
Definition: imgui.h:836
ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery
Definition: imgui.h:897
ImGuiPayload::IsDataType
bool IsDataType(const char *type) const
Definition: imgui.h:1535
ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget()
Definition: imgui.cpp:9080
ImDrawListSplitter::Clear
void Clear()
Definition: imgui.h:1844
ImGuiPayload::SourceId
ImGuiID SourceId
Definition: imgui.h:1526
ImGuiInputTextFlags_None
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:754
ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered
@ ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered
Definition: imgui.h:1049
ImGuiColorEditFlags_None
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:1127
ImGui::LogFinish
IMGUI_API void LogFinish()
Definition: imgui.cpp:9313
x
config GlyphExtraSpacing x
Definition: README.txt:30
ImGui::DragFloatRange2
IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char *label, float *v_current_min, float *v_current_max, float v_speed=1.0f, float v_min=0.0f, float v_max=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", const char *format_max=NULL, float power=1.0f)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2184
ImVec4::y
float y
Definition: imgui.h:194
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::SelectionStart
int SelectionStart
Definition: imgui.h:1497
ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf
Definition: imgui.h:1141
IM_FREE
#define IM_FREE(_PTR)
Definition: imgui.h:1212
ImGui::Image
IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2 &size, const ImVec2 &uv0=ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2 &uv1=ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4 &tint_col=ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4 &border_col=ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:910
ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
@ ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
Definition: imgui.h:1113
ImGui::IsKeyDown
IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4390
ImFontConfig::OversampleH
int OversampleH
Definition: imgui.h:2009
ImFontGlyph::V1
float V1
Definition: imgui.h:2034
ImGui::ShowFontSelector
IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char *label)
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:3141
ImGui::Value
IMGUI_API void Value(const char *prefix, bool b)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5890
ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
Definition: imgui.h:1179
ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive
@ ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive
Definition: imgui.h:1047
ImGuiKey_
ImGuiKey_
Definition: imgui.h:935
ImDrawListSplitter::_Count
int _Count
Definition: imgui.h:1839
ImGuiHoveredFlags_
ImGuiHoveredFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:870
ImFont::ContainerAtlas
ImFontAtlas * ContainerAtlas
Definition: imgui.h:2194
ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow
@ ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow
Definition: imgui.h:983
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory
Definition: imgui.h:762
ImFont::FallbackGlyph
const ImFontGlyph * FallbackGlyph
Definition: imgui.h:2190
ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton
@ ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton
Definition: imgui.h:838
ImGuiCol_Separator
@ ImGuiCol_Separator
Definition: imgui.h:1054
ImGui::SetTooltipV
IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7408
ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview
Definition: imgui.h:1140
ImGui::IsItemDeactivated
IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4601
ImGui::TextUnformatted
IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char *text, const char *text_end=NULL)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:233
ImGuiStyle::AntiAliasedFill
bool AntiAliasedFill
Definition: imgui.h:1324
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::BufSize
int BufSize
Definition: imgui.h:1494
ImGui::GetMouseCursor
IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4558
ImColor::ImColor
ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a=1.0f)
Definition: imgui.h:1756
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll
Definition: imgui.h:767
ImGui::Indent
IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w=0.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7170
ImVector::erase
T * erase(const T *it, const T *it_last)
Definition: imgui.h:1272
ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow
Definition: imgui.h:740
ImGui::SetTabItemClosed
IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char *tab_or_docked_window_label)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:7067
ImGui::EndChildFrame
IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4818
ImColor
Definition: imgui.h:1749
ImGui::SliderInt3
IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char *label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2659
ImFont::EllipsisChar
ImWchar EllipsisChar
Definition: imgui.h:2198
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::GetBit
bool GetBit(int n) const
Definition: imgui.h:2045
ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip
@ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip
Definition: imgui.h:1057
ImVec2::ImVec2
ImVec2(float _x, float _y)
Definition: imgui.h:183
ImGui::SetClipboardText
IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char *text)
Definition: imgui.cpp:3228
ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char *str_id=NULL, int mouse_button=1, bool also_over_items=true)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7702
ImGui::SliderInt
IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char *label, int *v, int v_min, int v_max, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2649
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::SetBit
void SetBit(int n)
Definition: imgui.h:2046
ImGui::PushTextWrapPos
IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x=0.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6306
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs
Definition: imgui.h:731
ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::EventFlag
ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag
Definition: imgui.h:1483
ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
Definition: imgui.h:1180
ImGui::GetWindowWidth
IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6580
ImDrawCornerFlags_All
@ ImDrawCornerFlags_All
Definition: imgui.h:1862
ImGuiStyle::DisplayWindowPadding
ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding
Definition: imgui.h:1320
ImGui::NewFrame
IMGUI_API void NewFrame()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3689
ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument
@ ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument
Definition: imgui.h:851
ImGuiStyle::PopupBorderSize
float PopupBorderSize
Definition: imgui.h:1302
ImDrawListSharedData
Definition: imgui_internal.h:743
ImGui::IsMouseDragging
IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button=0, float lock_threshold=-1.0f)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4500
ImGuiWindowFlags
int ImGuiWindowFlags
Definition: imgui.h:155
ImGuiDir_Left
@ ImGuiDir_Left
Definition: imgui.h:927
ImGui::IsRectVisible
IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2 &size)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7050
ImGuiIO::MetricsRenderVertices
int MetricsRenderVertices
Definition: imgui.h:1437
ImGui::TextColoredV
IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4 &col, const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:265
ImGui::PopFont
IMGUI_API void PopFont()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6260
ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload
@ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload
Definition: imgui.h:895
ImGuiCol_BorderShadow
@ ImGuiCol_BorderShadow
Definition: imgui.h:1033
ImGui::IsItemVisible
IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4655
ImFont::Glyphs
ImVector< ImFontGlyph > Glyphs
Definition: imgui.h:2189
ImGui::StyleColorsClassic
IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle *dst=NULL)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:231
ImGuiSizeCallbackData::UserData
void * UserData
Definition: imgui.h:1512
ImVector::contains
bool contains(const T &v) const
Definition: imgui.h:1275
ImDrawData::DisplaySize
ImVec2 DisplaySize
Definition: imgui.h:1987
ImVec2::operator[]
float operator[](size_t idx) const
Definition: imgui.h:184
ImVector::erase
T * erase(const T *it)
Definition: imgui.h:1271
ImGui::TextColored
IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4 &col, const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:257
ImGui::SetWindowPos
IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2 &pos, ImGuiCond cond=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6618
ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft
@ ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft
Definition: imgui.h:977
ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
@ ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
Definition: imgui.h:1074
ImGuiIO::ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer
float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer
Definition: imgui.h:1371
ImVector::Size
int Size
Definition: imgui.h:1229
ImGui::SliderInt4
IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char *label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char *format="%d")
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2664
ImGui::InputFloat
IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char *label, float *v, float step=0.0f, float step_fast=0.0f, const char *format="%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2975
ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow
Definition: imgui.h:874
ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask
Definition: imgui.h:1159
ImGui::TextDisabledV
IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char *fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:280
ImGui::BeginTabItem
IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char *label, bool *p_open=NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:6829
ImGuiKey_Y
@ ImGuiKey_Y
Definition: imgui.h:957
ImDrawData::FramebufferScale
ImVec2 FramebufferScale
Definition: imgui.h:1988
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal
Definition: imgui.h:756
font
io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_data, compressed_data_size, size_pixels,...) font
Definition: README.txt:86
ImGui::GetItemRectMax
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4683
ImGui::PushItemWidth
IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6160
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
@ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
Definition: imgui.h:773
ImGui::TextDisabled
IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:272
ImVector::value_type
T value_type
Definition: imgui.h:1234
ImDrawCornerFlags
int ImDrawCornerFlags
Definition: imgui.h:140
IM_ASSERT
#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
Definition: imgui.h:66
ImDrawVert::uv
ImVec2 uv
Definition: imgui.h:1816
ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns
@ ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns
Definition: imgui.h:811
ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected
@ ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected
Definition: imgui.h:852
ImGuiDataType_
ImGuiDataType_
Definition: imgui.h:908
ImDrawList::GetClipRectMin
ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const
Definition: imgui.h:1909
ImGuiStyle::ChildRounding
float ChildRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1299
ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
@ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
Definition: imgui.h:1176
ImDrawVert
Definition: imgui.h:1813
ImGuiIO::FontGlobalScale
float FontGlobalScale
Definition: imgui.h:1360
ImGui::PushID
IMGUI_API void PushID(const char *str_id)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6995
ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview
Definition: imgui.h:1135
ImDrawList::PrimVtx
void PrimVtx(const ImVec2 &pos, const ImVec2 &uv, ImU32 col)
Definition: imgui.h:1971
ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick
IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char *str_id=NULL, int mouse_button=1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7505
ImFont::Scale
float Scale
Definition: imgui.h:2199
ImDrawCmd::ElemCount
unsigned int ElemCount
Definition: imgui.h:1793
ImGuiIO::ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges
bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges
Definition: imgui.h:1369
ImGui::GetStateStorage
IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage * GetStateStorage()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6989
ImGuiIO::MouseWheel
float MouseWheel
Definition: imgui.h:1411
ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4
IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
Definition: imgui.cpp:1809
ImGui::EndGroup
IMGUI_API void EndGroup()
Definition: imgui.cpp:7088
ImVector::Data
T * Data
Definition: imgui.h:1231
ImGui::ListBoxHeader
IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char *label, const ImVec2 &size=ImVec2(0, 0))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:5614
ImGui::Button
IMGUI_API bool Button(const char *label, const ImVec2 &size=ImVec2(0, 0))
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:644
ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData
IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData * GetDrawListSharedData()
Definition: imgui.cpp:3339
ImGui::InputInt
IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char *label, int *v, int step=1, int step_fast=100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3031
ImGui::InputScalarN
IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char *label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void *v, int components, const void *step=NULL, const void *step_fast=NULL, const char *format=NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:2940
ImGui::GetID
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char *str_id)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7032
ImGuiIO::MetricsActiveWindows
int MetricsActiveWindows
Definition: imgui.h:1440
ImGuiKey_Tab
@ ImGuiKey_Tab
Definition: imgui.h:937
ImVector::resize
void resize(int new_size, const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1264
ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
@ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
Definition: imgui.h:1111
ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
@ ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
Definition: imgui.h:1092
ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused
IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused()
Definition: imgui.cpp:4649
ImGuiTabItemFlags
int ImGuiTabItemFlags
Definition: imgui.h:153
ImGuiKey_Escape
@ ImGuiKey_Escape
Definition: imgui.h:951
ImGuiIO::DisplaySize
ImVec2 DisplaySize
Definition: imgui.h:1346
ImVector::insert
T * insert(const T *it, const T &v)
Definition: imgui.h:1274
ImGuiStyleVar_Count_
@ ImGuiStyleVar_Count_
Definition: imgui.h:1119
ImGui::ColorPicker3
IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char *label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4385
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()
Definition: imgui.h:2043
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs
Definition: imgui.h:723
ImGui::LogText
IMGUI_API void LogText(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:9179
ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup
@ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup
Definition: imgui.h:876
ImGuiComboFlags_None
@ ImGuiComboFlags_None
Definition: imgui.h:820
ImGui::ShowAboutWindow
IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool *p_open=NULL)
Definition: imgui_demo.cpp:2987
ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter
@ ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter
Definition: imgui.h:952
ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing
@ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing
Definition: imgui.h:726
ImDrawData::TotalIdxCount
int TotalIdxCount
Definition: imgui.h:1984
ImGui::SetScrollY
IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7287
ImGui::BeginPopup
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char *str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7633
ImGuiCol_COUNT
@ ImGuiCol_COUNT
Definition: imgui.h:1075
ImGui::InputDouble
IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char *label, double *v, double step=0.0, double step_fast=0.0, const char *format="%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3053
ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram
@ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram
Definition: imgui.h:1067
ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair::ImGuiStoragePair
ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i)
Definition: imgui.h:1660
ImGui::SetColorEditOptions
IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:4899
ImGuiIO::ConfigInputTextCursorBlink
bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink
Definition: imgui.h:1368
ImGui::BeginChild
IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char *str_id, const ImVec2 &size=ImVec2(0, 0), bool border=false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui.cpp:4752
ImGui::InputInt3
IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char *label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags=0)
Definition: imgui_widgets.cpp:3043
ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines
@ ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines
Definition: imgui.h:1868
ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive
@ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive
Definition: imgui.h:1044
ImGui::SetTooltip
IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char *fmt,...) IM_FMTARGS(1)
Definition: imgui.cpp:7419
ImGuiDragDropFlags_
ImGuiDragDropFlags_
Definition: imgui.h:886
ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV
Definition: imgui.h:1151
ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper
ImGuiListClipper(int items_count=-1, float items_height=-1.0f)
Definition: imgui.h:1718
ImGui::PushStyleColor
IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
Definition: imgui.cpp:6321
ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8
@ ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8
Definition: imgui.h:1146
ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus
IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus()
Definition: imgui.cpp:6777
ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList *draw_list, int channel_idx)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:1308
ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_
@ ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_
Definition: imgui.h:995
ImDrawListSplitter::Merge
IMGUI_API void Merge(ImDrawList *draw_list)
Definition: imgui_draw.cpp:1253
ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening
@ ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening
Definition: imgui.h:1079
ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown
@ ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown
Definition: imgui.h:980
ImGuiHoveredFlags
int ImGuiHoveredFlags
Definition: imgui.h:149
ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight
@ ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight
Definition: imgui.h:974